Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G Bedienungsanleitung
- Schauen Sie die Anleitung online durch oderladen Sie diese herunter
- 936 Seiten
- 25.22 mb
Zur Seite of
Ähnliche Gebrauchsanleitungen
-
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
936 Seiten 25.22 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics PZ-60DR-E
1 Seiten 0.51 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics PZ-52SF-E
1 Seiten 0.12 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics 3DC-1000
16 Seiten 0.34 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics FX3U-CF-ADP
124 Seiten 5.92 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics PAR-30MAA
56 Seiten 4.53 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics FX1S
68 Seiten 0.52 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics Q170MCPU
274 Seiten 3.07 mb
Richtige Gebrauchsanleitung
Die Vorschriften verpflichten den Verkäufer zur Übertragung der Gebrauchsanleitung Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G an den Erwerber, zusammen mit der Ware. Eine fehlende Anleitung oder falsche Informationen, die dem Verbraucher übertragen werden, bilden eine Grundlage für eine Reklamation aufgrund Unstimmigkeit des Geräts mit dem Vertrag. Rechtsmäßig lässt man das Anfügen einer Gebrauchsanleitung in anderer Form als Papierform zu, was letztens sehr oft genutzt wird, indem man eine grafische oder elektronische Anleitung von Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, sowie Anleitungsvideos für Nutzer beifügt. Die Bedingung ist, dass ihre Form leserlich und verständlich ist.
Was ist eine Gebrauchsanleitung?
Das Wort kommt vom lateinischen „instructio”, d.h. ordnen. Demnach kann man in der Anleitung Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G die Beschreibung der Etappen der Vorgehensweisen finden. Das Ziel der Anleitung ist die Belehrung, Vereinfachung des Starts, der Nutzung des Geräts oder auch der Ausführung bestimmter Tätigkeiten. Die Anleitung ist eine Sammlung von Informationen über ein Gegenstand/eine Dienstleistung, ein Hinweis.
Leider widmen nicht viele Nutzer ihre Zeit der Gebrauchsanleitung Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G. Eine gute Gebrauchsanleitung erlaubt nicht nur eine Reihe zusätzlicher Funktionen des gekauften Geräts kennenzulernen, sondern hilft dabei viele Fehler zu vermeiden.
Was sollte also eine ideale Gebrauchsanleitung beinhalten?
Die Gebrauchsanleitung Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G sollte vor allem folgendes enthalten:
- Informationen über technische Daten des Geräts Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
- Den Namen des Produzenten und das Produktionsjahr des Geräts Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
- Grundsätze der Bedienung, Regulierung und Wartung des Geräts Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
- Sicherheitszeichen und Zertifikate, die die Übereinstimmung mit entsprechenden Normen bestätigen
Warum lesen wir keine Gebrauchsanleitungen?
Der Grund dafür ist die fehlende Zeit und die Sicherheit, was die bestimmten Funktionen der gekauften Geräte angeht. Leider ist das Anschließen und Starten von Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G zu wenig. Eine Anleitung beinhaltet eine Reihe von Hinweisen bezüglich bestimmter Funktionen, Sicherheitsgrundsätze, Wartungsarten (sogar das, welche Mittel man benutzen sollte), eventueller Fehler von Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G und Lösungsarten für Probleme, die während der Nutzung auftreten könnten. Immerhin kann man in der Gebrauchsanleitung die Kontaktnummer zum Service Mitsubishi Electronics finden, wenn die vorgeschlagenen Lösungen nicht wirksam sind. Aktuell erfreuen sich Anleitungen in Form von interessanten Animationen oder Videoanleitungen an Popularität, die den Nutzer besser ansprechen als eine Broschüre. Diese Art von Anleitung gibt garantiert, dass der Nutzer sich das ganze Video anschaut, ohne die spezifizierten und komplizierten technischen Beschreibungen von Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G zu überspringen, wie es bei der Papierform passiert.
Warum sollte man Gebrauchsanleitungen lesen?
In der Gebrauchsanleitung finden wir vor allem die Antwort über den Bau sowie die Möglichkeiten des Geräts Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, über die Nutzung bestimmter Accessoires und eine Reihe von Informationen, die erlauben, jegliche Funktionen und Bequemlichkeiten zu nutzen.
Nach dem gelungenen Kauf des Geräts, sollte man einige Zeit für das Kennenlernen jedes Teils der Anleitung von Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G widmen. Aktuell sind sie genau vorbereitet oder übersetzt, damit sie nicht nur verständlich für die Nutzer sind, aber auch ihre grundliegende Hilfs-Informations-Funktion erfüllen.
Inhaltsverzeichnis der Gebrauchsanleitungen
-
Seite 1
FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGRAMMA BLE CONTROLL ERS PRO GRA MMING MANU AL Basic & Applied Instructions Edition[...]
-
Seite 2
[...]
-
Seite 3
1 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Pro grammable Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Editio n Foreword This manual contains text, diagrams and explanati ons which will guide the reader through the safe and cor[...]
-
Seite 4
2 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Outl in e Prec aut ion s • This manual provides information for the use of the FX 3U Series Programmable Controllers. The manual has been written to be used by trained and competent personnel. The definiti on of such a person or [...]
-
Seite 5
3 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm in g M anu al - B asic & Ap plie d Instr uctio ns Editio n Tabl e of Co nten ts Table of Contents Related manuals ................... .................... ................... ............. ................... .................... .. ............. 14 Generic Names and A bbreviatio[...]
-
Seite 6
4 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 4.4 State Relay [S] ............ ............ ........... ................. ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... .................. .......... 89 4.4.1 Numbers of state relays ..[...]
-
Seite 7
5 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 5. Ho w to Sp ecify Devices and C onstant s to Ins truction s 149 5.1 Nu meric Val ues Handl ed in PLCs (O ctal, Dec imal, Hex adecima l and Re al Numbers ) .................... ... 149 5.1.1 Types of [...]
-
Seite 8
6 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Ca ll Subrouti ne ................. ........... ............ ................ ............ ........... ........... . ..... ........ 224 8.2.1 Caut ions on subro utines and in terr[...]
-
Seite 9
7 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 12.8 FNC 4 7 – ANR / Ann unciator Reset............ ................. ........... ........... ............ ................ .......... ....... ... 331 12.9 FNC 4 8 – SQR / Squ are Root ............[...]
-
Seite 10
8 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 16.4 FNC 8 3 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadec imal Conv ersion ............... ........... ................. ........... ............ ........ 4 61 16.5 FNC 8 4 – CCD / Che ck Code ............... ........[...]
-
Seite 11
9 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 21. Real Time C lock Contro l – FNC160 to FNC169 560 21.1 FNC16 0 – TCMP / RTC Da ta Compare ....................... ........... ........... ................. ........... ............ .... .... 5 6[...]
-
Seite 12
10 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 28. Data Compari son – FNC220 t o FNC249 652 28.1 FNC22 4~230 – LD =, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison ...................... ........... ................. ........... ... 65[...]
-
Seite 13
11 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 35. SFC Pr ogram and Step La dder 751 35.1 SFC Pro gram ........................ ........... ........... ........... ................. ........... ............ ........... .. ......... .............. [...]
-
Seite 14
12 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 37.2 Sup plement o f Speci al Device s (M8 000 - and D8 000 -) ............... ........... ........... ........... ................. ... 85 2 37.2.1 RUN monit or and init ial pul se [M8000 to M80 03].[...]
-
Seite 15
13 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts Appe ndix B: In stru ction Exec utio n Time 897 Appendi x B-1 Basic Instru ction Exe cutio n Time ............ ............ ........... ................. ........... ........... ....... ....... 897 Ap[...]
-
Seite 16
14 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Related manuals For de tailed explan ation of programmin g (basi c instr uctions , appl ied inst ruction s and ste p ladder i nstruct ions) i n FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, refer to this m anual. For ha rdware inf [...]
-
Seite 17
15 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Communicatio n via RS-23 2C/RS-422/RS -485/US B When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with pr od[...]
-
Seite 18
16 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als CC-Link, MELSEC I/O L INK and AS-i system When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with pr oduct FX[...]
-
Seite 19
17 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als { Su pplie d with pr oduct FX 2N -8A D User’s Manual JY992D86 001 Handling proc edures of th e 8-chan nel analog input (and ther mocoupl e input) spec ial function block. 09R608 U Su pplie d with pr oduct FX 3U [...]
-
Seite 20
18 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Manuals for high spe ed counter High speed counte r When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with p[...]
-
Seite 21
19 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Manu als fo r FX- 30P U Supplied with produ ct FX- 30 P Installa tion Manu al JY997D34 201 Describes F X-30P spe cificati on extract ed fro m the FX-30P Operat ion ma nual. For data ils, ref er to FX- 30P Operati [...]
-
Seite 22
20 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Generic Names and Abbrevia tions U sed i n Manual s Generic Names and Abbreviations Used in Manuals Abbr eviatio n/gen eric n ame Name Programmable c ontrollers FX 3G Series Gener ic name of FX 3G Series PLCs FX 3G PLC or main uni[...]
-
Seite 23
21 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Generic Names and Abbrevia tions U sed i n Manual s Open fi eld networks CC-Link and CC-Link/ LT CC-Link equipme nt Generic name of CC-Link master station and CC-Link remote statio ns CC-Link master (sta tion) Generic name of CC-L[...]
-
Seite 24
22 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 1 Introdu ction 1.1 Programm ing Langu age in PLCs 1. Introduction This ch apter ex plains basic items rel ated to progra mming in FX 3G , FX 3U and FX 3UC programmable control lers ( PLCs). 1.1 Programming Language i n PLCs This [...]
-
Seite 25
23 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 1 Introdu ction 1.1 Programm ing Langu age in PLCs 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10[...]
-
Seite 26
24 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.1 Introduc tion of Conv enient Func tions 2. Overview (Sequence Progra m) This cha pter ex plains t he basic fun ctio ns of FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. This c hapter i ncludes not o nly the featur[...]
-
Seite 27
25 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.1 Introduc tion of Conv enient Func tions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Seite 28
26 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.2 Introduction of A pplied Ins tructions 4. Registration of "entry code " for prote cting prog rams The entr y code can be registered to preve nt erroneo us read/i ncorr ect write pr ot[...]
-
Seite 29
27 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.3 Analog/ Positioning Sp ecial Contro l 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FN[...]
-
Seite 30
28 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.4 Link and Commun ication 3. High speed counter • High speed counter (hardw are counter equip ped with mu ltiplicati on functio n) → Refer to the re specti ve produ ct manual. 2.4 Link and Co[...]
-
Seite 31
29 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC[...]
-
Seite 32
30 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 2.5.2 Device list 1. Input relays (X) and output relays (Y ) → Refer to Section 4. 2. • Input relay and out put rel ay number s are assigned to e[...]
-
Seite 33
31 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC[...]
-
Seite 34
32 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6 Program Memory and De vices 2.6.1 Memory structu re 1. In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs are equipped with the RAM memory as st andar d. By mount ing a me[...]
-
Seite 35
33 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Seite 36
34 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6.2 Memory operations and latche d (battery or EEPROM backed) devices (power ON/OFF an d RUN/STOP) 1. Backup o peration The oper ations of the data me mory, bi t d[...]
-
Seite 37
35 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Seite 38
36 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 3) Types of bit dev ice memory a) FX 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. Some device s are clear ed when the PLC st atus swit ches from STOP to RUN. → For special auxilia ry rela y[...]
-
Seite 39
37 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Seite 40
38 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6.3 Types of ba ckup methods a gainst power failure There ar e the foll owing type s of latch ( battery backup) for the pro gram memory and bu ilt-in PLC devices .[...]
-
Seite 41
39 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Seite 42
40 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7 Types and Setti ng of Parameters Setti ng of paramet ers means set ting the environmen t where the PLC op erate s. Almost all FX PLCs can be us ed with facto[...]
-
Seite 43
41 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 44
42 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.2 Parameter i nitial v alues and available t ools for changing parameter values 1) FX 3U /FX 3U C PLC *1. These programmi ng tool s are not appl icable to FX[...]
-
Seite 45
43 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 46
44 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.3 Memory capacity setti ng range ~ Built -in memory ca pacity 3 Can be se t by c hang ing p aramet er. Caution s on setting the memory capaci ty When one blo[...]
-
Seite 47
45 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 48
46 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.5 Keyword (entr y code) By regi stering t he ent ry code i n a PLC, th e functi ons of pr ogramming tools , display module s, and di splay uni ts to change p[...]
-
Seite 49
47 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 50
48 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Registering and changing the ent ry codes This section expl ains t he opera ting procedu re of GX Developer (Ver. 8.72A) → For the entry code regi stratio n/ch[...]
-
Seite 51
49 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 52
50 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Canceling the entry codes This section expl ains t he op erating procedu re of GX Developer (Ver. 8.23Z) → Fo r the e ntry code canc elin g (delet ion) p roced[...]
-
Seite 53
51 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 54
52 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2 Setting memo ry cap acity *1. The init ial val ue is 8000 ste ps in GX Develop er Ver. 8.22 or ea rlier a nd FX 3G PLCs. *2. This funct ion i s suppo rted only[...]
-
Seite 55
53 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 56
54 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 5 Assigning I/Os, setting the initial values for special unit s, and setting built-in CC-Link/L T 1. Click th e "I/O assig nment" tab, a nd then set th[...]
-
Seite 57
55 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 58
56 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [End] button to finish the setting and cl ose "Special Function Block Set tings" dialog box. 4. Set the built-in CC-Link/LT on t he "Buil[...]
-
Seite 59
57 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 60
58 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2) FX 3G PLCs *1. This area c an be set only i n FX 3U /FX 3U C PLCs. *2. This area c an be set only i n FX 3G PLC s. *3. X000 to X007 in the FX 3U -16M , FX[...]
-
Seite 61
59 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 62
60 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 8 Setting p ositionin g The positioning setting funct ion is available in all FX 3G PLCs and FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs V er . 2.20 or later . 1. Click "Positioning[...]
-
Seite 63
61 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 64
62 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [Individual setting] button t o display "Positioning instruction settings" dialog box. In this dialog box, set the positioning table for each [...]
-
Seite 65
63 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 66
64 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.1 Ba sic I nst ruct ions 3. Instruction List This cha pter i ntroduce s a list of instructi ons avail able in programming. 3.1 Basic Instructio ns The basic instruc tions ar e provided in the foll owing ser [...]
-
Seite 67
65 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.1 Ba sic I nst ruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Seite 68
66 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.2 Step Ladder Instructio ns 3.2 Step Ladder Instructions 3.3 Applied Instructions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Applie d instr uctions such as Arit hmetic op eration , Rot ation and Shift, Handy instr[...]
-
Seite 69
67 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 70
68 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC Rotation and Shift Op eration 30 R OR Rotatio n Right 333 –– 3 – 3 Section 11.1 31 ROL Rotation Lef t 333 –– 3 – 3 Section 11.2 32 RCR [...]
-
Seite 71
69 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 72
70 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 68 ROTC Rotary Table Control 33 –– – 3 – 3 Section 14.9 69 SORT SORT Tabulated Data 33 –– – 3 – 3 Sect ion 14.10 Ext ernal FX I/O D[...]
-
Seite 73
71 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 74
72 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 122 EMUL Floating Point Multiplication 33 *6 – – 3 – 3 Sectio n 18.10 123 EDIV Floating Point Division 33 *6 – – 3 – 3 Secti on 18.11 1[...]
-
Seite 75
73 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 76
74 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 163 TSU B RTC Data S ubtr action 3333 3 3 33 Section 21.4 164 HTOS Ho ur to S econd Conversi on 33 –– – – –– Secti on 21.5 165 STOH Sec[...]
-
Seite 77
75 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 78
76 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 206 MID R Random Select ion of Character St rings 33 –– – – –– Section 26.7 207 MI DW Random Replac ement of Character St rings 33 –?[...]
-
Seite 79
77 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 80
78 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC Data Table Operat ion 250 to 255 – – 256 LIM IT Lim it Cont rol 33 –– – – –– Secti on 29.1 257 BAND Dead Ba nd Control 33 –– ?[...]
-
Seite 81
79 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 82
80 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 4. Devices in Detail This chap ter ex plains how nu meric val ues are han dled in the PLC as well as the rol es and func tions of various bui lt-i n device s incl uding I/ O relays ,[...]
-
Seite 83
81 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Seite 84
82 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 2) FX 3G PLCs Device name Des cription Reference I/O re lay Input relay X000 to X1 77 128 point s Devic e numbers are octal. The total nu mber of input s and outp uts is 128. Section[...]
-
Seite 85
83 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Seite 86
84 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y ] Some input relays and out put rela ys are secure d in the main uni t, and others ar e assigned t o extensio n device s accord ing t o the conne ctio n order. Beca[...]
-
Seite 87
85 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19[...]
-
Seite 88
86 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2.3 Operation t iming of i nput relays The PLC ex ecute s seque nce contr ol by r epeate dly exec uting t he foll owing pr ocessing proce dure. I n this batch I/ O metho d, not o nly [...]
-
Seite 89
87 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.3 Auxilia ry Relay [M] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Seite 90
88 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.3 Auxilia ry Relay [M] 2. Latched (battery backed) t ype When the powe r is turned OFF while the PLC is operating , all of the output relays and gene ral type aux iliary relays turn OF F. When res toring t[...]
-
Seite 91
89 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 [...]
-
Seite 92
90 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 4.4.2 Functions an d operati on examples 1. General type In the step ping ty pe process co ntrol sho wn i n the le ft figur e, when th e star t signal X000 tu rns ON, t he sta te rela y [...]
-
Seite 93
91 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 [...]
-
Seite 94
92 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5 Timer [T] Timers add and count cl ock pulses of 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, etc. ins ide the PLC. When t he counted va lue re aches a specif ied set va l ue, t he outpu t conta ct of the timer tu[...]
-
Seite 95
93 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Seite 96
94 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5.3 Set value specifi cation method 1. Specif ying a con stant (K) T10 is a 1 00 ms ( 0.1 sec ) type timer. When the co nstant "100" is s pecified, T 10 works as a 10- seco nd time[...]
-
Seite 97
95 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Seite 98
96 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5.7 Handling timers as numeric devices In ti mers, t he outpu t con tact opera ting i n acco rdance with t he set v alue is used in some c ases, and t he pres ent va lue is used as numeric d[...]
-
Seite 99
97 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Mov[...]
-
Seite 100
98 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 4.6.4 Functions an d operati on examples 1. General type and latched (battery ba cked) type 16-bit up count ers • The valid set rang e of 16-b it binary up co unter is from K1 to K32 767 [...]
-
Seite 101
99 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Mov[...]
-
Seite 102
100 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 4.6.7 Handling count ers as numeri c devices Counter s use ou tput cont acts operating i n acco rdance with the s et value or use the counte r val ue (curr ent valu e) as nume ric da ta fo[...]
-
Seite 103
101 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 104
102 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 5. High speed counter device list *1. They a re handl ed as so ftware c ounte rs dep ending on the ope rati ng con dition . When the y are h andled as softwar e [...]
-
Seite 105
103 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 106
104 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) Restri ction to ove rlap input numbers • Inputs X000 to X007 ar e used for hi gh speed cou nters, input int errupt, pulse cat ch, SPD/ZRN/ DSZR/DVIT instru cti[...]
-
Seite 107
105 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 108
106 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) • A 2-phase encoder generate s outputs for the A phase and B phase by a phas e differ ence of 90 ° . With the se outputs , a high sp eed counter automati call[...]
-
Seite 109
107 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 110
108 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.7.6 Changing the logic of ext ernal reset input sig nal The count ers C24 1 to C245, C2 47 to C25 0 and C252 t o C255 are us ually r eset wh en the ext ernal r[...]
-
Seite 111
109 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 112
110 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.7.9 Conditions for hardware counters to be handled as software count ers High s peed co unters are c lassifi ed in to hardwa re co unters and sof tware c ounte[...]
-
Seite 113
111 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 114
112 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 2) When special analog adapt ers an d FX 3U /FX 3UC Se ries speci al fu nction bloc ks/uni ts ar e use d *1. When an ind ex reg ister i s added t o a coun ter nu[...]
-
Seite 115
113 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 116
114 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) • Write the followi ng program t o "reset only the cur rent val ue of a hig h speed coun ter (and do es not tu rn OFF the cont act) ". 1) Pr ogram ex[...]
-
Seite 117
115 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 118
116 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 5. High speed counter device list *1. C248 a nd C253 ar e usua lly use d as c ounters havin g reset input, but can be used a s counter s C248 (OP) and C253 (OP) not[...]
-
Seite 119
117 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 120
118 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 4.8.3 Handling of high speed counters High s peed c ounte rs in FX 3G PLCs ope rate in th e same way as high sp eed count ers in FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. For de tails, r[...]
-
Seite 121
119 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 122
120 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 4.8.7 Response freque ncy of high speed counte rs 1. Response frequency and overall frequency When any of the foll owing fun ctions/ instr uctions i s used, t he ov[...]
-
Seite 123
121 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 124
122 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) • Write the followi ng program t o "reset only the cur rent val ue of a hig h speed coun ter (and do es not tu rn OFF the cont act) ". 1) Pr ogram exam [...]
-
Seite 125
123 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 126
124 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 4.9.2 Structures of data register s and fi le regist ers 1) 16-bit t ype One (16-bi t) data reg i ste r or fil e registe r can store a numeric value wit hin the ran[...]
-
Seite 127
125 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 128
126 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 3. Operat ion example s Data registers ca n be used in variou s control with numer ic data . This s ection e xplai ns the o peratio ns of repre senta tive bas ic in[...]
-
Seite 129
127 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 130
128 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 2. File regist er ↔ Data register <updating the same number registers by BMOV (FNC 15) instructio n> When the s ame file regi ster is specif ied for both an[...]
-
Seite 131
129 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Seite 132
130 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 2) When file r egister s of diff erent devi ce number s are speci fied for the sour ce and des tinati on Write • When X001 is set t o ON, the conte nts of the dat[...]
-
Seite 133
131 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 134
132 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.3 Structures of extension r egisters and extension file r egisters One ex tension regi ster con sist s of 16 bits. Extensi on reg isters [...]
-
Seite 135
133 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 136
134 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.6 Functions and oper ation examples of extension f ile regis ters Extensi on file registe rs (ER) are us ually use d as log data st orage[...]
-
Seite 137
135 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 138
136 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 2. Sectors of extension registers and extension file registers In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, extensi on regist ers and ext ension f ile regis ters a [...]
-
Seite 139
137 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 140
138 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.8 Registration of data i n extension r egister s and extensi on file r egisters This sub secti on explai ns the opera ting procedures of [...]
-
Seite 141
139 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 142
140 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 5. Input a device number to be set to "Device Label", and click the [Display] button. 6. Select the data type to be set in the two s[...]
-
Seite 143
141 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 144
142 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.11 Index R egister [V and Z] 4.11 Index Register [ V and Z] Index r egister s can be us ed in the same wa y as of data r egister s. But the y are speci al regis ters si nce they can change the con tents o[...]
-
Seite 145
143 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.11 Index R egister [V and Z] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 F[...]
-
Seite 146
144 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 4.12 Pointer [P and I] 4.12.1 Numbers of pointe rs The ta ble below sh ows numbers of pointe rs (P and I). (Numbers are assign ed in decimal .) When usi ng a point er for input i nte[...]
-
Seite 147
145 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Seite 148
146 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] Operati ons 2. Pointers for timer interrupt : 3 points → For deta ils on timer interru pt func tion, ref er to Secti on 36.5. The PLC execu t es an in terr upt routi ne progra m at[...]
-
Seite 149
147 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Seite 150
148 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] Operati ons M8000 RUN monitor FNC 04 EI FNC 53 DHSCS K1000 C255 FNC 03 IRET END Step 0 C255 I010 Interrupt p oin ter number is specified FNC 06 FEND Interrupt r outine (inte rrupt pr[...]
-
Seite 151
149 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi[...]
-
Seite 152
150 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 5.1.2 Conversion of numeric values Numeric values handl ed in FX PLCs can [...]
-
Seite 153
151 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi[...]
-
Seite 154
152 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) Scientific not ation (rea l number) Becau se binary floa ting point (real [...]
-
Seite 155
153 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.2 Specif icatio n of Con stan ts K, H a nd E (Dec imal , Hexad ecima l and Re al Num ber) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi[...]
-
Seite 156
154 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.3 Cha racte r Strin gs 5.3 Character String s Charact er str ings are clas sified into c haracte r stri ng con stants w hich directly speci fy char acter s trings i[...]
-
Seite 157
155 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.4 Sp eci ficati on of Digit s for Bit De vices (Kn[ ]* **) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 [...]
-
Seite 158
156 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.5 Bit Spe cific atio n of a Wor d Device (D[ ]. b) 5.5 Bit Specification of a Word Device (D[ ].b) By speci fying a bit of a word devi ce, the spec ified bi t can b[...]
-
Seite 159
157 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00[...]
-
Seite 160
158 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 5.7.2 Indexing in applied inst ructions Expression of applied inst ructions allowi ng indexing In th e expl anatio n of app lied i nstruct ions , "[...]
-
Seite 161
159 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00[...]
-
Seite 162
160 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 5.7.3 Indexing ex ample for instructi on with limited nu mber of use . By modif ying the targ et device numbers usin g index re gister s V and Z, t he [...]
-
Seite 163
161 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Inst[...]
-
Seite 164
162 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s Out li ne 1. Instruct ion format 1) The applie d instru ction numbe r (FNC No. ) and inst ruction mnemonic are i ndicate d. The table be[...]
-
Seite 165
163 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Inst[...]
-
Seite 166
164 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 6.2 Cautions on Creation of Fu ndamental Programs This section expl ains c autions on p rogrammin g. 6.2.1 Programming procedur e an[...]
-
Seite 167
165 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic [...]
-
Seite 168
166 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 6.2.3 Circuits which cannot b e programmed and countermeasures 1. Bridge circuit A circu it in whi ch the cur rent f lows in bo th d[...]
-
Seite 169
167 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.3 I/O Pr ocessing an d Response Delay 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 [...]
-
Seite 170
168 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.4 Mutu al Relationshi p Among Program Flow Contro l Instructions 6.4 Mutual Relationship Among Program Flow Control Ins tructions The tabl e below sh ows the mutual re lati onship amon[...]
-
Seite 171
169 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.4 Mutu al Relationshi p Among Program Flow Contro l Instructions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Program[...]
-
Seite 172
170 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5 General Rules for Applie d Instructions 6.5.1 Expression and operati on type of applied instru ctions Instructions and opera nds - Both a [...]
-
Seite 173
171 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 174
172 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5.2 Handling of general f lags In some typ es of appli ed instr uctions , the fo llowin g flags oper ate: Examples : M8020: Zero flag M8021:[...]
-
Seite 175
173 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 176
174 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5.3 Handling of operat ion error flag When ther e is an er ror in t he appl ied ins truction configu ration, target device or target device [...]
-
Seite 177
175 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Seite 178
176 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7. Basic Instruction This cha pter ex plains t ypes and f unctions of basic seq uence i nstruct ions. For begi nners to seq uence con trol, we off er "Intro duction Cou rse" and "Relay Ladde[...]
-
Seite 179
177 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Comp are[...]
-
Seite 180
178 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.1 LD , LDI 7.1 LD, L DI Out li ne LD and LDI ins truc tions ar e contacts connected t o bus lines . When comb ined with ANB ins truction descr ibed l ater, LD an d LDI i nstruct ions c an be used for the[...]
-
Seite 181
179 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.1 LD , LDI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Seite 182
180 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 7.2 OU T Out li ne OUT instruct ion d rives co ils of output relays (Y), a uxiliary relay s (M), s tate r elays (S ), tim ers (T) and co unters (C). 1. Instruct ion format → For the numbe r of in[...]
-
Seite 183
181 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & [...]
-
Seite 184
182 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in OUT inst ructi on can be in dexed with index re gister s (V and Z). (State re lays (S), sp ecial auxili ary relay s (M), 32-b it counters (C ), and "D .b&quo[...]
-
Seite 185
183 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Seite 186
184 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 2. ANI instru ction (serial c onnection o f NC (normally clo sed) cont acts) 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in AND an d ANI instr uction ca n be index ed with inde x regi sters (V an d Z). (Sta[...]
-
Seite 187
185 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Seite 188
186 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 7.4 OR, ORI Out li ne OR and ORI inst ructi ons are used to connect one contact in para llel. If two o r more cont acts are c onnect ed in seri es, us e ORB instr uction de scribed later t o co[...]
-
Seite 189
187 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &a[...]
-
Seite 190
188 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 5. Bit specif ication of d ata register (D) *1 A bit in data register (D) can be specified as a device us ed in OR and ORI instr uctions . When specif ying a bit in data regi ster, input "[...]
-
Seite 191
189 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program[...]
-
Seite 192
190 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. LDP, ANDP, and ORP instructions (initial logical operation of rising ed ge pulse, serial connection of rising edge pulse, a[...]
-
Seite 193
191 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program[...]
-
Seite 194
192 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 4. Output drive side The fo llowin g two circu its offe r a same operat ion: In each ci rcuit, M6 is ON during only one op eration cycle when X010 turns ON f rom OFF.[...]
-
Seite 195
193 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program[...]
-
Seite 196
194 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF Cautions 1. Cautions when LDP, LDF, ANDP, AN DF, ORP, or ORF instruction programmed in a sa me step is executed two or mor e times within one operation cycle When LDP[...]
-
Seite 197
195 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.6 ORB 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & [...]
-
Seite 198
196 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.7 ANB 7.7 ANB Out li ne Use ANB inst ruct ion to conne ct a bran ch circui t (paral lel ci rcuit bl ock) to the preced ing ci rcuit i n series. Use LD or LDI instr uction at the star t of bran ch. After [...]
-
Seite 199
197 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M[...]
-
Seite 200
198 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP Err or MPS instr uction ca n be used two or mor e times. However, the diff erence between number of MPS instru ctions an d the number of MPP instruct ions sh ould be 11 or less, and shoul[...]
-
Seite 201
199 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M[...]
-
Seite 202
200 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 3) Pr ogram exam ple 3: Tw o sta cks 4) Pr ogram exampl e 4: Fo ur sta cks In progr amming a cir cuit on th e upper side, it is nece ssary to MPS instru ction th ree times. By changi ng t[...]
-
Seite 203
201 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Seite 204
202 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR Cau ti on 1. A circuit error (Err or code: 6611) occurs when an instruction connected the bus line (such as LD and LDI) is not present just after the M C instruction. 2. Cautions on write duri[...]
-
Seite 205
203 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Seite 206
204 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.10 IN V 7.10 I NV Out li ne 1. Instructio n Format INV i nstru ction inverts the op eration resul t up to jus t befo re INV instr uction , and d oes no t re quire d evice number specif ication. 2. Applic[...]
-
Seite 207
205 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.11 MEP, MEF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move [...]
-
Seite 208
206 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.11 MEP, MEF Cau ti on 1. MEP an d MEF instructions may not operat e normally if the indexed contact is modified and changed to pulses by sub-rout ine programs, the FOR and NEXT instr uctions, etc. 2. As [...]
-
Seite 209
207 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Seite 210
208 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 3. Output drive side The fo llowin g two circu its resul t the same ope rati on. In each cas e, M0 is ON during onl y one oper ation cy cle when X000 cha nges from OFF t o ON. In each cas e,[...]
-
Seite 211
209 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Seite 212
210 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST 7.13 SET, RST Out li ne 1) Setting a bit device (SET instruct ion (set bit dev ice latc h ON)) When the co mmand in put tur ns ON, S ET instr uction sets to O N an out put rel ay (Y), au xili[...]
-
Seite 213
211 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move [...]
-
Seite 214
212 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST Caution s on using RST inst ruction for a jumpe d prog ram, subrouti ne progr am or inte rrupt p rogram When RST i nstr ucti on for a time r or co unter is ex ecute d in a j umped progr am, s[...]
-
Seite 215
213 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.14 NOP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Seite 216
214 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.15 END 7.15 E ND Out li ne END instruc tion speci fies t he end of a progr am. (Do not wr ite the END in stru ction in the middle of a pro gram.) 1. Instruct ion format 2. Applicabl e devices Explanation[...]
-
Seite 217
215 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.16 Nu mber of Inst ruction Step s and Speci fied Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 [...]
-
Seite 218
216 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8. Program Flow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 FNC 00 to FNC 09 provide in struct ions mainl y relate d to cont rol flow of sequenc e programs su ch as condit ional progra m exec ution and pr iorit y pr[...]
-
Seite 219
217 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Seite 220
218 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump Cautions 1. Relationship between the label input position and the list program The figu re belo w shows pro gramming of a label. When cre ating a circui t[...]
-
Seite 221
219 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Seite 222
220 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump Program example 1. When jump is necess ary after the OFF pr ocessing In one oper ation cycle a f ter X023 ch anges to ON from OF F, CJ P7 in struc tion be[...]
-
Seite 223
221 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Seite 224
222 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 2. Circuit example 2 for explaining operations (whe n only an RST instruc tion for a timer or counter is jumped) When X011 turns ON whil e the RST instr u[...]
-
Seite 225
223 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Seite 226
224 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Sub routine Out li ne This in struct ion call s and execute s a program whi ch should be pr ocesse d commonly in a sequence p[...]
-
Seite 227
225 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Seite 228
226 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 8.2.1 Cautions on subrouti nes and inter rupt routi nes This secti on expl ains cautio ns on creati ng p rogra ms in s ubrout ines a nd i nterrup t rout[...]
-
Seite 229
227 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Seite 230
228 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.3 FNC 02 – SR ET / Subroutine Retur n 8.3 FNC 02 – SRET / Subroutine Return Out li ne This in struct ion retur ns the progr am executi on from a subr outine to the main prog ram. 1. Inst[...]
-
Seite 231
229 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / Interrupt Retu rn 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Seite 232
230 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / Interrupt Retu rn Program example Inte rrupts ar e usuall y disable d in PLCs. Use EI inst ruct ion to enabl e inte rrupts . When X000 tu rns ON wh ile the main program i[...]
-
Seite 233
231 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.5 FNC 04 – EI / E nable Interrupt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Seite 234
232 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Disable Inte rrupt 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Di sable Interrupt Out li ne This in stru ction dis ables int errupt s afte r interr upts were enabl ed by EI (F NC 04) instr uction [...]
-
Seite 235
233 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – Main Routi ne Program E nd 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC0[...]
-
Seite 236
234 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – Main Routi ne Program E nd 2. In the ca se of CALL i nstruction Cautions 1. When FEND i nstruction is progra mmed two or more times Put a subro utin e program or i nterrup t rou[...]
-
Seite 237
235 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – W DT / Watchdo g Timer Refre sh 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8[...]
-
Seite 238
236 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – W DT / Watchdo g Timer Refre sh 2. The watchdog timer time can be changed. → For de tails on cha nging watc hdog timer time, refe r to Subsec tion 37 .2.2. By overwr iting the[...]
-
Seite 239
237 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.9 FNC 08 – FO R / Start a FOR /NEXT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 240
238 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NE XT / End a FOR/NE XT Loop 8.10 FNC 09 – NEXT / End a FOR/NEXT Loop Out li ne NEXT instru ction s pecifi es the end p ositi on of t he loop . 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t[...]
-
Seite 241
239 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NE XT / End a FOR/NE XT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Seite 242
240 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9. Move and Compare – FNC 10 to FNC 19 FNC 10 to FNC 19 provi de fundament al data pro cessing i nstruct ions su ch as data tran sfer and data compari son which are rega rded as mos t im[...]
-
Seite 243
241 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – C MP / Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09[...]
-
Seite 244
242 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – C MP / Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DCMP and DCMPP) The com parison va lue [ +1, ] and the comp arison source [ +1, ] are compared wi th each othe r. According to the result[...]
-
Seite 245
243 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZC P / Zone Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Seite 246
244 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZC P / Zone Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DZCP and DZCPP) The lowe r compa rison v alue [ + 1, ] and upper comp aris on value [ +1, ] are compa red with the compari son so ur[...]
-
Seite 247
245 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 248
246 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move When a word device is s pecifie d The wor d device tran sfers 1 point. 2. 32-bit operation (DMOV and DMOVP) The con tents of t he transf er source [ +1, ] are tr[...]
-
Seite 249
247 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Seite 250
248 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve Out li ne This in stru ction dis tributes and compose s data in un its of digi t (4 bits ). 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se[...]
-
Seite 251
249 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Seite 252
250 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.5 F NC 14 – CM L / Compl eme nt 9.5 FNC 14 – CML / C omplement Out li ne This in stru ction inv erts dat a in units of bit, and t hen tra nsfers (c opies) t he inve rted da ta. 1. In[...]
-
Seite 253
251 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.5 F NC 14 – CM L / Compl eme nt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Seite 254
252 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move Out li ne This instru ctio n trans fers (copie s) a specif ied numb er of data at o ne time . 1. Instruct ion format 2. [...]
-
Seite 255
253 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Seite 256
254 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 9.6.1 Function of trans fer between f ile regi sters and dat a regi sters BMOV (FNC 15) i nstru ction has a special fu ncti on for file r egister s (D100[...]
-
Seite 257
255 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Seite 258
256 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move Out li ne This in stru ction trans fers same data to specifi ed number of dev ices . 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. [...]
-
Seite 259
257 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC[...]
-
Seite 260
258 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchan ge 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchange Out li ne This in stru ction exch anges dat a betwe en two device s. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Applicabl e devices[...]
-
Seite 261
259 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchan ge 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC0[...]
-
Seite 262
260 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / C onversion to Binary Coded Decimal Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts b inary (BI N) da ta int o binar y[...]
-
Seite 263
261 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basi[...]
-
Seite 264
262 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal Program examples 1. When the seven- segment dis play unit has 1 digit 2. When the seven- segment dis play unit has 2 to 4 di gits [...]
-
Seite 265
263 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction [...]
-
Seite 266
264 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 2. 32-bit operation (DBIN and DBINP) This i nstru ction co nverts t he binary -code d decima l (BCD) dat a of [ +1, ] into bi nary (BI N) data ,[...]
-
Seite 267
265 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction [...]
-
Seite 268
266 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10. Arithmetic and Logical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FNC 29 FNC 20 to FN C 29 provide instr uctions for a rithmet ic oper ations[...]
-
Seite 269
267 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Seite 270
268 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion Related de vices 1. Relationship between the flag operation and the sign (p ositive or negative) of a numer ic valu[...]
-
Seite 271
269 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Seite 272
270 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction 10.2 FNC 21 – SUB / Subtraction Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes su btracti on using t wo value s to obt[...]
-
Seite 273
271 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before [...]
-
Seite 274
272 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction Program example 1. Difference between SUB instruction and DEC instruction caused by a progr am for subtracting &[...]
-
Seite 275
273 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Befor[...]
-
Seite 276
274 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n • When a digit (K1 to K8) is specif ied for [ +1, ] A digit ca n be specifi ed in the ra nge fro m K1 to K8.[...]
-
Seite 277
275 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Befor[...]
-
Seite 278
276 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / D ivision Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes divi sion by two values to obtain t he resul[...]
-
Seite 279
277 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Seite 280
278 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision Program examples 1. 16-bit operation 2. 32-bit operation Function Changes Acc ording t o Versions Compa tible Versi[...]
-
Seite 281
279 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Prog[...]
-
Seite 282
280 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment Program example X010 M 1 X011 FNC 12 MOVP K 0 Z FNC 18 BCDP C 0Z K4Y000 FNC 24 INCP Z FNC 10 CMPP K 10 Z M 0 0 → ([...]
-
Seite 283
281 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.6 FNC 25 – D EC / Decrement 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Seite 284
282 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.7 FNC 26 – W AND / Logica l Word AND 10.7 FNC 26 – WAND / Logical Word AND Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes the logi cal produ ct (AND)[...]
-
Seite 285
283 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.7 FNC 26 – W AND / Logica l Word AND 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 B[...]
-
Seite 286
284 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.8 FN C 27 – WOR / L ogical Word OR 10.8 FNC 27 – WOR / Logical Word OR Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the logi cal su m (OR) operati [...]
-
Seite 287
285 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.8 FN C 27 – WOR / L ogical Word OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Bef[...]
-
Seite 288
286 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclus ive OR 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclusive OR Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the excl usive log i[...]
-
Seite 289
287 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclus ive OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant [...]
-
Seite 290
288 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NE G / Negation 10.10 FNC 29 – NEG / Negation Out li ne This in struct ion obtai ns the comple ment of a nu meric val ue (by inve[...]
-
Seite 291
289 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NE G / Negation 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Seite 292
290 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11. Rotation and Shift Operation – FNC 3 0 to FNC 39 FNC 3 0 to FN C 39 provide instr uctions for rotat ing and shi fting bit da ta an d wor d data in s pecified dir ection[...]
-
Seite 293
291 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotat ion Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Seite 294
292 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotat ion Right 2. 32-bit operation (DROR and DRORP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated ri ghtward. • The final bit is st ored i[...]
-
Seite 295
293 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotat ion Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Seite 296
294 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotat ion Left 2. 32-bit operation (DROL and DROLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated le ftward. • The final bit is st ored in [...]
-
Seite 297
295 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Ri ght with Car ry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy I[...]
-
Seite 298
296 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Ri ght with Car ry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCR and DRCRP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 bit (carry flag M802 2) are rotate d[...]
-
Seite 299
297 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotati on Left wi th Carry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Seite 300
298 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotati on Left wi th Carry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCL and DRCLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 bit (carry flag M802 2) are rotate d [...]
-
Seite 301
299 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – S FTR / Bit Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 302
300 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – S FTR / Bit Shift Right Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. 16-bit operation (SFTR and SFTRP) For "n1 " bits (shi ft regi ster len gth) st ar[...]
-
Seite 303
301 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 304
302 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left Cau ti on Note that "n2" bits ar e shi fted eve ry time the co mmand i nput tur ns ON f rom OFF in SFTLP inst ruction, but t [...]
-
Seite 305
303 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 306
304 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right Out li ne This i nstruc tion sh ifts w ord dev ices wi th "n1" data length rightwar [...]
-
Seite 307
305 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 308
306 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shi ft Left 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shift Left Out li ne This in struct ion shift s the word dat a infor mation leftwar d by the speci fied nu[...]
-
Seite 309
307 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shi ft Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 310
308 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Contr ol] Out li ne This in stru ctio n writes dat a for fir st- in firs[...]
-
Seite 311
309 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 H[...]
-
Seite 312
310 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] Program example 1. Example of first-in first-out contr ol → For a pro gram ex ample of FILO, ref er to Secti on 27.3[...]
-
Seite 313
311 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy I[...]
-
Seite 314
312 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 1) When the comma nd input tu rns ON, t he contents of +1 are transfer red (rea d) to . 2) Accompan ied by t his tr ansfe r,[...]
-
Seite 315
313 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 [...]
-
Seite 316
314 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset Out li ne This in struct ion reset s devices l ocate d in a zone betwee n two spec ified dev ices at one time. Use this [...]
-
Seite 317
315 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 Ext[...]
-
Seite 318
316 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 2. When specifying high speed counters (C235 to C255) ZRST inst ruct ion is handl ed as th e 16-bit t ype, but 32- bit count ers can be specified in and .[...]
-
Seite 319
317 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External[...]
-
Seite 320
318 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 2) Whe n is a wor d devic e (1 ≤ n ≤ 4) The numeric value (e xpressed in 2 n on the l ow-order side) of is decoded to . -When all bits of are "0"[...]
-
Seite 321
319 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External[...]
-
Seite 322
320 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode Out li ne This in struct ion obt ains posi tions in which bits are ON in data. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Applicabl e[...]
-
Seite 323
321 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External[...]
-
Seite 324
322 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Active Bits Out li ne This in struct ion coun ts the number of "1" (ON) bit s in the data of a speci fied de[...]
-
Seite 325
323 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FN[...]
-
Seite 326
324 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits Cau ti on While th e command input is OFF, the inst ructi on is not exec uted. The output of the number of bits in the ON status is la tched in the[...]
-
Seite 327
325 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Che ck Specified Bit Status 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Seite 328
326 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Che ck Specified Bit Status 2. 32-bit operation (DBON and DBONP) The stat us (ON or OFF) of the bit "n" in [ +1, ] is output to . [When the bit "n"[...]
-
Seite 329
327 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External F[...]
-
Seite 330
328 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean Cau ti on • When a device number is exceeded , "n" is handle d as a smaller value in the possible range. • Note that the 32-bi t value [n+1 , n] is[...]
-
Seite 331
329 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annu nciator Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Seite 332
330 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annu nciator Set Program example 1. Displa ying a fault number us ing an annunciator When the progr am for ex terna l faul t diagno sis s hown below is crea ted [...]
-
Seite 333
331 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.8 FNC 47 – ANR / Annunc iator Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 334
332 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.9 FNC 48 – SQ R / Square Roo t 12.9 FNC 48 – SQR / Square Root Out li ne This instru ctio n obtai ns the squ are roo t. The ESQR (FNC127 ) instruction obt ains the square root in flo[...]
-
Seite 335
333 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 4 9 – FLT / Conver sion to Floatin g Point 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 336
334 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 4 9 – FLT / Conver sion to Floatin g Point Program example 1. Arithmetic operations by binary floating point operations The sequen ce progr am shown below i s constru cted as fo[...]
-
Seite 337
335 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC8[...]
-
Seite 338
336 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Out li ne This in struc tion immed iately outputs th e l ate st inpu t (X) inf ormati on or th e current output (Y) opera[...]
-
Seite 339
337 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 [...]
-
Seite 340
338 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Cautions 1. Setting the number of refr eshed points "n" Set a mult iple of 8 suc h as "K8 (H8), K16 (H10) … K2 56 (H100)". Any ot[...]
-
Seite 341
339 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 [...]
-
Seite 342
340 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 13.2 FNC 51 – REFF / Refresh and Filter Adjust Out li ne The digi tal inpu t filt er time of the i nputs X00 0 to X017 *1 can be[...]
-
Seite 343
341 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Seite 344
342 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 13.2.1 What should be under stood bef ore using REFF instruc tion General ly, a C-R fil ter of app roxi mately 10 ms is pr ovided [...]
-
Seite 345
343 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Seite 346
344 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix The fi gure bel ow shows an exampl e of th e FX 3U series main u nit (s ink i nput /sink ou tput ). Fo r writ ing de tails , ref er to the foll o[...]
-
Seite 347
345 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Seite 348
346 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 13.3.1 Operation a nd cautions f or MTR instr uction 1. Command input 1) Setting the co mmand input t o normally ON For the MTR ins tructi on, se[...]
-
Seite 349
347 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Seite 350
348 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set Operation When the current value of the high s peed count er C 255 changes from "99" to "1 00" or from "101&[...]
-
Seite 351
349 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Seite 352
350 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 13.4.1 Common cautions on usi ng instruct ions for high speed counter DHSCS (FNC 53 ), DHSCR (FNC 5 4), DHSZ (FNC 55) and DHSCT (FNC2[...]
-
Seite 353
351 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Seite 354
352 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 6. Priority order in operations among HSCS (FNC 53), HSCR (FNC 54), and HSZ (FNC 55) instructions for t he same high speed counter 1)[...]
-
Seite 355
353 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Seite 356
354 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset Related inst ructions The fo l low ing ins tructi ons can be c ombine d with high speed c ounter s: Cautions 1. Selection of the cou[...]
-
Seite 357
355 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Seite 358
356 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High Speed Counter Zone Co mpare Out li ne This i nstruc tion co mpares the cur rent va lue o f a hig[...]
-
Seite 359
357 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 360
358 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e Cautions 1. Selection of the count comparison method 1) FX 3U /FX 3U C PLC When the HSZ inst ructi on is used in FX 3U /FX [...]
-
Seite 361
359 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 362
360 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6.1 Program in which comparison result is set to ON when power is turned ON [ZCP (FNC 11) instruct ion] DHSZ ins tructi [...]
-
Seite 363
361 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 364
362 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6.2 Table high speed comparison mode (M8130) This sec tion expl ains the t able high sp eed compar ison mode (h igh spee[...]
-
Seite 365
363 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 366
364 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e Comparis on table 1) When this in structi on is execu ted, the t op table in the data tab le is set a s the c ompari son ta[...]
-
Seite 367
365 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 368
366 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e FNC 55 DHSZ M8132 PLS M10 S S 1 S 2 Y000 FNC 57 DPLSY D8132 K0 Frequency Pulse quantity (K0 specifies continuou[...]
-
Seite 369
367 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 370
368 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection Out li ne This in stru ction coun ts the inpu t pulse for a speci fied peri od of t ime as inter rupt in[...]
-
Seite 371
369 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Seite 372
370 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 2. 32-bit operation (DSPD) The inp ut pulse is co unted only for [ +1, ] x 1 ms . The meas ured v alue is stored in [ +1, ], the pr esent va l[...]
-
Seite 373
371 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Seite 374
372 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output Out li ne This inst ructio n gene rates a pul se sign al. → For t he frequenc y contro l mode, re fer t[...]
-
Seite 375
373 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70[...]
-
Seite 376
374 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 2. Monitoring the current numbe r of generated puls es The numb er of pulse s output fr om Y000 or Y00 1 is stored in the follow i ng spec ial [...]
-
Seite 377
375 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70[...]
-
Seite 378
376 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 6. Other s 1) Types of pul se output, positi oning and oth er relev ant instr uction s and their target out put numbers *1. Y002 (pu lse ou tpu[...]
-
Seite 379
377 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 380
378 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation Cautions 1. Setting the pulse width and period Make su re that the pulse widt h and period satisfy the r elatio nship " ≤ "[...]
-
Seite 381
379 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 382
380 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/Decelerati on Setup Out li ne This pul se outp ut instr uction ha s the acce lera tion[...]
-
Seite 383
381 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 384
382 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup Related de vices 1. Instructio n executio n complete f lag → For the inst ruction executi on complete f lag use method, r[...]
-
Seite 385
383 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Seite 386
384 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 5. Other s 1) Types of pul se output, positi oning and oth er relev ant instr uction s and their target out put numbers *1.[...]
-
Seite 387
385 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FN[...]
-
Seite 388
386 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / I nitial State Out li ne This instruction automatically controls the initial stat e and special auxiliary relays in a ste p la[...]
-
Seite 389
387 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 390
388 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 14.1.1 IST instruction equivalen t circuit The de tails of s pecial au xiliary r elays (M) and ini tial state relays (S0 to S9 ) which are auto mati[...]
-
Seite 391
389 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 392
390 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 3. Assignment of mode se lection inputs For u sing IST i nstruc tion, it i s nece ssary to assig n inputs h aving consecuti ve dev ice number s as s[...]
-
Seite 393
391 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 394
392 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 5. Program e xample 1) Circuit diagr am In the sequen ce circui t shown below, all ar eas excep t shaded are as are stand ard. Progra m the shaded a[...]
-
Seite 395
393 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 396
394 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State d) Automat ic mode (steppi ng operat ion mode, cyc le operat ion mode or con tinuous op eration mode) Y000 Moving down K 10 Clamping Moving up SET Y[...]
-
Seite 397
395 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 398
396 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 14.2 FNC 61 – SER / Search a Data Stack Out li ne This instru ction s earch es for the same d ata, max imum val ue and minimu m value in a d[...]
-
Seite 399
397 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Seite 400
398 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 2) Operation exa mple a) Example of search res ult table co nfig uration and data b) Search r esult ta ble Cautions • Comparison of val ues [...]
-
Seite 401
399 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Seite 402
400 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 1) Write the fol lowing data t o to +2n-1 i n ad vance by a t ransfer instr uction : For exampl e, stor e the 1 6-bit ri sing poi nt dat[...]
-
Seite 403
401 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Seite 404
402 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Se quencer 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Sequen cer Out li ne This in stru ction cre ates many out put patte rns usi ng a pair of co un[...]
-
Seite 405
403 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Se quencer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 406
404 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teac hing Timer 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teaching Timer Out li ne This instruc tion m easur es the pe riod of time in which TT MR ins tructi on is ON . Use this ins[...]
-
Seite 407
405 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teac hing Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F[...]
-
Seite 408
406 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer Out li ne This in struct ion can ea sily make off -delay ti mers, one- shot ti mers and flic ker timer s. 1. In[...]
-
Seite 409
407 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 410
408 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate St ate 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / A lternate State Out li ne This in stru ction alter nates a bit devic e (from ON to OFF or from OFF to ON) when the inpu t t[...]
-
Seite 411
409 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate St ate 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F[...]
-
Seite 412
410 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Varia ble Value 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Variable Value Out li ne This in structi on obt ains the dat a which change s betwee n the start value (in itial [...]
-
Seite 413
411 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Varia ble Value 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC[...]
-
Seite 414
412 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rotary Table Control Out li ne This i nstru ction i s suitabl e for eff icient contr ol of th e rotar y table f or p[...]
-
Seite 415
413 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Seite 416
414 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol Operation conditi ons The con dition s require d to use th is instr uction are as shown in the exam ple below. 1) Rotatio n detecti on sign[...]
-
Seite 417
415 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Seite 418
416 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data • The data table conf igurat ion is expl ained in an example in whi ch the sort ing sou rce data ta ble has 3 lines an d 4 columns (m1 = K[...]
-
Seite 419
417 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Seite 420
418 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15. External FX I/O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 FNC 70 to FNC 79 provide i nstruct ions to r eceive dat a from and send data to exte rnal de vices mai nly usin g inputs an d output [...]
-
Seite 421
419 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Seite 422
420 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 2) Key press ing i nfor matio n [ to +10] - For the ke y press ing infor mation, to +9 turn ON or OFF accord ing to the pr essed keys. - For the[...]
-
Seite 423
421 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Seite 424
422 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 3. Timing char t 1) When the ten keys are pr essed in the or der "[1] → [2] → [3] → [4]" shown i n the figur e, "2130 "[...]
-
Seite 425
423 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Seite 426
424 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 1) Input of a nume ric valu e throu gh keys 0 to 9: - When an input value is lar ger than "9999 ", it overf lows fr om the most s[...]
-
Seite 427
425 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Seite 428
426 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t Program example The figu re belo w shows an exa mple of the FX 3U series main unit (sink input /sink out put). For w iring detail s, refe r[...]
-
Seite 429
427 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Seite 430
428 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 2) Specificat ion of the number of sets ("n") - When using one set of 4 digits [n = k1] A 4-digi t BCD digital swit[...]
-
Seite 431
429 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Seite 432
430 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Dec oder 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Decode r Out li ne This in stru ction deco des data , and turn s the seven -segmen t displa y unit[...]
-
Seite 433
431 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Dec oder 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 434
432 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment With Latc h Out li ne This in struct ion contr ols one or two sets of 4-digit seve n-segme nt [...]
-
Seite 435
433 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Seite 436
434 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch Related de vices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer to Subse ction 6.5.2. Cautions 1. Time t[...]
-
Seite 437
435 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Seite 438
436 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 3. Confirming the logic o f the seven-s egment displa y unit 1) D ata i nput 2) Strobe s ignal 4. Setting the parameter "n&quo[...]
-
Seite 439
437 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Seite 440
438 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Content s of the displ ay and oper ation part 1) Specifying the number of digits of the seven -segment di splay uni t having the BCD decode r n I[...]
-
Seite 441
439 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Seite 442
440 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Program M8000 T0 D300 T1 D301 T99 D399 Practical timer circuit X000 M0 Decrem ent X001 M1 Incr ement X002 M2 Higher digi t RUN monitor M3 Lower d[...]
-
Seite 443
441 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – AS C / ASCII Code Data Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Seite 444
442 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – AS C / ASCII Code Data Input Extension function When M8 161 is se t to ON for mak ing th e exten sion functi on vali d, a h alf-wi dth alph anumeri c chara cter stri[...]
-
Seite 445
443 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Seite 446
444 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) Extension function 1. 16-byte serial output Dependi ng on the ON/O FF status of the speci al auxi liary rel ay M8027, the number of characte[...]
-
Seite 447
445 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Seite 448
446 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Special Fun ction Block Out li ne This in stru ction rea ds the conte nts of bu ffer m[...]
-
Seite 449
447 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Hand[...]
-
Seite 450
448 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block Program examples In prog rams, the con tents of buffe r memorie s (BFMs) in speci al exte nsion units/ block s are read ([...]
-
Seite 451
449 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Hand[...]
-
Seite 452
450 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block Acceptance of i nterrupt s while FROM/TO instruct ion is exec uted (M8028) 1. While M8 028 is OFF While a FROM/T O instr [...]
-
Seite 453
451 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 F NC 79 – TO / Writ e To A Special Functi on Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy[...]
-
Seite 454
452 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 F NC 79 – TO / Writ e To A Special Functi on Block 2. 32-bit operation (DTO and DTOP) PLC (wor d dev ice) → Sp ecial extensi on un it/blo ck (B FM) "n"-poin t 32[...]
-
Seite 455
453 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FN[...]
-
Seite 456
454 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 F NC 80 – RS / Serial C ommun ication 16.1 FNC 80 – RS / S erial Communication Out li ne This i nstruct ion sends and rec eive s data in n o-pro tocol co mmunica tion by wa y o[...]
-
Seite 457
455 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 F NC 80 – RS / Serial C ommun ication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Seite 458
456 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FN C 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Oct al Mode) 16.2 FNC 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Octal Mode ) Out li ne This in stru ction han dles the de vice nu mber of with di git spec ifica [...]
-
Seite 459
457 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FN C 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Oct al Mode) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 460
458 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Con version Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts hexadecim al code in to ASCII code[...]
-
Seite 461
459 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instru[...]
-
Seite 462
460 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 3. 8-bit con version mode ( while M81 61 is ON) (M8161 is used a lso for the RS , H EX, CCD and CRC instructions.) Each dig it of[...]
-
Seite 463
461 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Seite 464
462 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 2. 16-bit conversion mode (while M8161 is OFF) (M8161 is used a lso for the RS , A SCI, CCD, and CRC instructions.) Each ASCI I cod[...]
-
Seite 465
463 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Seite 466
464 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / C heck Code Out li ne This i nstruc tion c alculates the horizont al par ity va lue and sum ch eck va lue in the er ror chec k met[...]
-
Seite 467
465 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 E[...]
-
Seite 468
466 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 3. 8-bit con version mode ( while M81 61 is ON) (M8161 is used also f or the RS, A SCI, HEX and CRC instruc tions.) With reg ard to "n" data s[...]
-
Seite 469
467 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 E[...]
-
Seite 470
468 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 2. Example in which t he analog va lues of the variable analog pot entiometers N os. 0 to 7 are read in turn, and used as analog timers K0 to K7 are spe[...]
-
Seite 471
469 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / V olume Scale 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79[...]
-
Seite 472
470 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / V olume Scale Program example 1. Example i n which the scale v alue is use d as a rotar y switch Either one among auxil iary re lays M0 to M10 tu rns ON in accor da[...]
-
Seite 473
471 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 474
472 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 Related de vices → For deta iled explanat ion, r efer to th e Da ta C ommunicatio n Edi tion. *1. Ch2 is not av aila ble in 14-p oint[...]
-
Seite 475
473 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Seite 476
474 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / P ID Control Loop Out li ne This in struct ion execut es PID contr ol which cha nges the output val ue accordi ng to th e [...]
-
Seite 477
475 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Seite 478
476 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op *1. +20 to +24 are oc cupied w hen any bit 1, 2 or 5 is set to "1" in +1 for operation set ting (ACT). +20 *1 Input variation (i ncrem[...]
-
Seite 479
477 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Seite 480
478 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17. Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FNC109 FNC100 to FNC1 09 prov ide an instr uction fo r execu ting compl icated processi ng for fund amental app lied ins truction s and fo r executi ng[...]
-
Seite 481
479 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Seite 482
480 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 4) The figur e below show s the data st ructur e batch- stored in and later. Related inst ruction Cautions • When not using the [...]
-
Seite 483
481 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Seite 484
482 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.2 FNC 103 – ZPO P/Bat ch POP o f I ndex Regi ster 17.2 FNC103 – ZPOP /Batch POP of Index Regis ter Out li ne This i nstruct ion res tores th e cont ents of t he index regi sters [...]
-
Seite 485
483 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC[...]
-
Seite 486
484 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 129 INT Floating Point to I nteger Conversio n Section 18.17 130 SIN Floating Point Sin e Section 18.18 131 COS Fl oating P oint Cos ine Sec tion 18.19 132 TAN Floating Point Tange nt Se[...]
-
Seite 487
485 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.1 FNC11 0 – ECMP / Floati ng Point Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 [...]
-
Seite 488
486 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poi nt Zone Compare 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Point Zone Compa re Out li ne This i nstruc tion comp ares data (bi nary fl oating point ) with two va[...]
-
Seite 489
487 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poi nt Zone Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 490
488 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move Out li ne This inst ructio n trans fers bina ry fl oating point data. → Fo r handling of float ing[...]
-
Seite 491
489 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6[...]
-
Seite 492
490 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 2. In the ca se of decimal po int forma t • The total n umber of dig its whic h can be s pecified by +1 is as fo [...]
-
Seite 493
491 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6[...]
-
Seite 494
492 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion • The number of digits of the decimal part which can be specif ied by +2 is from 0 to 7. However, the follow ing [...]
-
Seite 495
493 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6[...]
-
Seite 496
494 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion Program examples 1) In the pro gram examp le shown bel ow, the co ntents ( binary f loatin g point data) of R0 and [...]
-
Seite 497
495 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN[...]
-
Seite 498
496 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion a) In the cas e of decimal poi nt format b) In the cas e of exponent format • When a character st ring to be c [...]
-
Seite 499
497 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN[...]
-
Seite 500
498 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion Related de vices → For the use method s of the zer o, borrow and carry fl ags, r efer to S ubsection 6.5.2. Rel[...]
-
Seite 501
499 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN[...]
-
Seite 502
500 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Poin t to Scientific Notation Conversion 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Point to Scientific Notation Conversion Out li ne This inst ruct ion conv erts bi[...]
-
Seite 503
501 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.7 FN C11 9 – EBI N / Sc ien tifi c No tatio n to Floa ting Poin t Co nve rsio n 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing[...]
-
Seite 504
502 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.7 FN C11 9 – EBI N / Sc ien tifi c No tatio n to Floa ting Poin t Co nve rsio n Program example By DE BIN inst ructi on, a numeric value conta ining the d ecimal p oint can be dire [...]
-
Seite 505
503 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.8 F NC120 – EADD / Floating P oint Addi tion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Seite 506
504 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Point Subtraction 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Point Subtraction Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes su btrac tion of t wo binary fl oati ng point d[...]
-
Seite 507
505 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.10 FNC 122 – EMUL / Floating Point Mult iplication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Seite 508
506 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point D ivision 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point Division Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes divi sion of two binar y floati ng poi nt. → Fo [...]
-
Seite 509
507 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Floating Point Exponen t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 [...]
-
Seite 510
508 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Floating Point Exponen t Program example In the progr am example s hown below, the e xponenti al opera tion is execut ed fo r a value set i n the 2-d igit BCD form[...]
-
Seite 511
509 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natural Logarith m 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instr[...]
-
Seite 512
510 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natural Logarith m Program example In the program ex ample s hown below, natural logari thm of "10 " set i n D50 is c alculat ed, and s t[...]
-
Seite 513
511 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floa ting Point Common Logar ithm 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Inst[...]
-
Seite 514
512 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floa ting Point Common Logar ithm Program example In the p rogram examp le sho wn below , common log arithm of "15" set in D50 is cal culated, and stor[...]
-
Seite 515
513 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.15 FNC1 27 – ESQR / Floa ting Point Squar e Root 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Seite 516
514 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18. 16 F NC12 8 – ENEG / F loat ing Po int Ne gati on 18.16 FNC128 – ENEG / Floating Point Negation Out li ne This in stru ction inv erts the sign of bina ry float ing point (real nu[...]
-
Seite 517
515 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Point to In teger Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Seite 518
516 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Point to In teger Conversion Related de vices → For t he methods of zer o, borr ow and carry fl ags, r efer to Subsection 6.5.2. Cau ti on 1. Caution in[...]
-
Seite 519
517 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.18 FN C130 – SIN / Floating Point Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Seite 520
518 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.19 FN C131 – COS / Flo ating Point Cosine 18.19 FNC131 – COS / Floating Point Cosine Out li ne This in stru ction obt ains the cos ine value of an angl e (in radi ans). → Fo r h[...]
-
Seite 521
519 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.20 FNC13 2 – TAN / Floa ting Point Tangen t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Seite 522
520 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.21 FN C133 – ASIN / Floatin g Point Arc Sine 18.21 FNC133 – ASIN / Floating Point Arc Sine Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the SIN − 1 (arc sine ) opera tion . → Fo r h[...]
-
Seite 523
521 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.21 FN C133 – ASIN / Floatin g Point Arc Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Seite 524
522 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.22 FNC 134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cos ine 18.22 FNC134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cosine Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the COS − 1 ( arc cosi ne) op eratio n. →[...]
-
Seite 525
523 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.22 FNC 134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cos ine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 526
524 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.23 F NC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tan gent 18.23 FNC135 – ATAN / Floating Point Arc Tangen t Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes the TAN − 1 (ar c tangen t) operat ion.[...]
-
Seite 527
525 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.23 F NC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tan gent 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Seite 528
526 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.24 FNC 136 – RAD / Floating Point D egrees to Rad ians Conve rsion 18.24 FNC136 – RAD / Floating Point Degrees to R adians Conversion Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts a val [...]
-
Seite 529
527 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.24 FNC 136 – RAD / Floating Point D egrees to Rad ians Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC[...]
-
Seite 530
528 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.25 FNC 137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to Deg rees Conve rsion 18.25 FNC137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to D egrees Conversion Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts a val u[...]
-
Seite 531
529 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-F[...]
-
Seite 532
530 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction cal culates the sum of co nsecuti ve 16-bit or 32-bi t data. When calcu lat[...]
-
Seite 533
531 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Seite 534
532 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – W TOB / WO RD to BYTE 19.2 FNC141 – WTOB / WORD to BYTE Out li ne This in stru ction sepa rates consecu tive 16- bit data i n byte unit s (8 bit s). 1. Instruct ion f[...]
-
Seite 535
533 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – W TOB / WO RD to BYTE 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F[...]
-
Seite 536
534 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD Out li ne This in stru ction combi nes th e low-orde r 8 bits (low-or der byte) of consec utive 16- bit data . 1[...]
-
Seite 537
535 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Seite 538
536 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC 143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of W ord Data 19.4 FNC143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction combi nes th e low-o rder 4 bits of conse cutive 16 -bi[...]
-
Seite 539
537 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC 143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of W ord Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Seite 540
538 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC 144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data 19.5 FNC144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction sepa rates 16-bit dat a into 4 bi t units. 1. Instruct[...]
-
Seite 541
539 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC 144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Seite 542
540 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap Out li ne This in stru ction swaps the hig h-order 8 bits and low- order 8 bi ts of a word dev ice. 1. Instruct ion fo[...]
-
Seite 543
541 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Seite 544
542 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 The dat a table c onfigur ation i s exp lained in an examp le in whi ch the s orting sourc e data table h as 3 li nes and 4 columns (m1 =[...]
-
Seite 545
543 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Seite 546
544 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 Related de vices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer to Subse ction 6.5.2. Related inst ruction Cau[...]
-
Seite 547
545 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC8[...]
-
Seite 548
546 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.1 FNC150 – DSZ R / Dog Search Zero Return 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / Dog Search Zero Return Out li ne This i nstruct ion execu tes a zero retur n, and align s the mec hanical posit[...]
-
Seite 549
547 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.1 FNC150 – DSZ R / Dog Search Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 550
548 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.2 FNC151 – D VIT / Interrup t Positioning 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Interrupt Positioning Out li ne This inst ructio n exec utes on e-spee d in terrupt consta nt q uantity fee d. [...]
-
Seite 551
549 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.2 FNC151 – D VIT / Interrup t Positioning 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Seite 552
550 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.3 FNC152 – TB L / Batch Data Po sitioning Mode 20.3 FNC152 – TBL / Batch Data Positioning Mod e Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes one spec ified t able ope ration from t[...]
-
Seite 553
551 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.4 FNC155 – ABS / Absolute C urrent V alue Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instru[...]
-
Seite 554
552 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return Out li ne This i nstruct ion execu tes a zero retur n, and align s the mec hanical position wi th a pres ent valu[...]
-
Seite 555
553 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FN[...]
-
Seite 556
554 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.6 FNC15 7 – PLSV / Variab le Speed Pulse O utput 20.6 FNC157 – PLSV / Variable Speed Pulse Output Out li ne This in struct ion out puts vari able speed pulses wit h an assign[...]
-
Seite 557
555 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.6 FNC15 7 – PLSV / Variab le Speed Pulse O utput 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Inst[...]
-
Seite 558
556 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Incr ement 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Increment Out li ne This in structio n execut es one-s peed posit ioning by i ncrementa l drive. The movem[...]
-
Seite 559
557 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Incr ement 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 [...]
-
Seite 560
558 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Ab solute 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Absolute Out li ne This i nstruc tion exe cutes one-speed posi tionin g by ab solute d rive. The mov ement [...]
-
Seite 561
559 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Ab solute 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Seite 562
560 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21. Real Time Clock Control – FNC 160 to FNC169 FNC160 to FNC1 69 provide operatio n and compar ison instr uctions for the time dat a. These instruc tions can set the time of the[...]
-
Seite 563
561 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Seite 564
562 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. 16-bit operation (TCMP) The compar ison time (h our, min ute, a nd seco nd) stor ed in , , and is[...]
-
Seite 565
563 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 [...]
-
Seite 566
564 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied res pective ly by , , , and . Make sure that these device s are n[...]
-
Seite 567
565 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additio n 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC[...]
-
Seite 568
566 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additio n Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied by , and resp ectivel y. Make sure that these device s are not used [...]
-
Seite 569
567 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.4 FN C163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtra ction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Seite 570
568 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.4 FN C163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtra ction Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied by , and resp ectivel y. Make sure that these device s are not u[...]
-
Seite 571
569 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.5 FNC 164 – HTO S / Hour to Seco nd Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot[...]
-
Seite 572
570 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.5 FNC 164 – HTO S / Hour to Seco nd Conve rsion 2. 32-bit operation (DHTOS and DHTOSP) The time dat a (hour, mi nute, and sec ond) st ored in , +1, and +2 is conver ted into d[...]
-
Seite 573
571 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.6 FNC 165 – STOH / Second to Ho ur Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Oth[...]
-
Seite 574
572 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.6 FNC 165 – STOH / Second to Ho ur Conversi on 2. 32-bit operation (DSTOH and DSTOHP) The ti me data in units of "second" st ored in +1 and is conver ted int o data [...]
-
Seite 575
573 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.7 FNC166 – TRD / Read RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FN[...]
-
Seite 576
574 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data Out li ne This in stru ction writ es the cl ock data to t he real ti me clock bui lt in a PLC. 1. Instruct ion[...]
-
Seite 577
575 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC[...]
-
Seite 578
576 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.9 FN C169 – HOU R / Hour Mete r 21.9 FNC169 – HOUR / Hour Meter Out li ne This in struct ion measu res the ON ti me of the input contact i n units of hour. 1. Instruct ion f[...]
-
Seite 579
577 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.9 FN C169 – HOU R / Hour Mete r 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-F[...]
-
Seite 580
578 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22. External Device – FNC170 to FNC179 FNC170 to FNC179 p rovide c onver sion in structi ons for gray cod es used in absol ute ty pe rotar y encod ers and instr uction s dedica ted to a[...]
-
Seite 581
579 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.1 FNC170 – GRY / Deci mal to Gray Code Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others [...]
-
Seite 582
580 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.2 FN C171 – GBI N / Gray Code t o Decimal Co nversion 22.2 FNC171 – GBIN / Gray Code to Decimal Co nversion Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts a gray code into a binar y value,[...]
-
Seite 583
581 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.3 FNC1 76 – RD3A / Re ad form Dedica ted Analog Blo ck 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot[...]
-
Seite 584
582 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.4 FNC177 – W R3A / Writ e to Dedicated An alog Block 22.4 FNC177 – WR3A / Write to Dedicated Analog Block Out li ne This in stru ction wri tes a digita l valu e to the anal og bloc[...]
-
Seite 585
583 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 23 Introdu ction of Alternat e Instruc tio ns – FNC180 23.1 In struction correspond ence table 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others [...]
-
Seite 586
584 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 23 Introdu ction of Alternat e Instruc tio ns – FNC180 23.1 In struction correspond ence table MEMO[...]
-
Seite 587
585 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-F NC20 9 Char[...]
-
Seite 588
586 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data Out li ne This i nstruct ion rea ds th e comment data for reg istere d devi ces writ ten to the P[...]
-
Seite 589
587 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1[...]
-
Seite 590
588 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generation 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generatio n Out li ne This instru ction generat es ran dom numb ers. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Appl[...]
-
Seite 591
589 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.3 FNC186 – D UTY / Timing Pu lse Generation 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1[...]
-
Seite 592
590 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.3 FNC186 – D UTY / Timing Pu lse Generation 4) When the comman d input is set to ON, the operat ion is start ed. The timing clock outpu t destinat ion devi ce is set to O N or OFF by END i n[...]
-
Seite 593
591 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 [...]
-
Seite 594
592 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 16-b it convers ion mode (wh ile M8161 is OFF ) In th is mod e, the operat ion is execu ted for hig h-ord er 8 bits ( 1 byt e) and low-or der 8 bi ts[...]
-
Seite 595
593 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 [...]
-
Seite 596
594 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check Program example In the program e xample sh own bel ow, the C RC value of the ASCI I cod e “0123456 ” store d in D 100 to D106 is generat ed and s[...]
-
Seite 597
595 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC[...]
-
Seite 598
596 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 2. High speed counter current value update timing and the effect of DHCMOV instruction 1) High speed cou nter cu rrent val ue updat e timing When[...]
-
Seite 599
597 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC[...]
-
Seite 600
598 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move Program examples 1. Program e xample 1 In the pr ogram exampl e below, the curre nt value of the high spee d counte r C235 is compa red in ea ch [...]
-
Seite 601
599 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-[...]
-
Seite 602
600 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition Out li ne This inst ruct ion adds binary b lock da ta. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Appl[...]
-
Seite 603
601 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Seite 604
602 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d in D80[...]
-
Seite 605
603 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2[...]
-
Seite 606
604 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 2. 32-bit operation (DBK- and DBK-P) 1) "2n" 32-bit bina ry data starti ng from [ +1, ] ar e su btr acted f rom "2 n&q[...]
-
Seite 607
605 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2[...]
-
Seite 608
606 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <= , >= / Block Data Compar e Out li [...]
-
Seite 609
607 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate[...]
-
Seite 610
608 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 2. 32-bit operation (DBKCMP =, >, <, <>, <= , >= / DBKCMP=P, >P, <P, &[...]
-
Seite 611
609 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate[...]
-
Seite 612
610 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare Program example 1) In the pr ogram shown below, four 16- bit binar y dat a start ing from D100[...]
-
Seite 613
611 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C[...]
-
Seite 614
612 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Con version Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts binary dat a in to c[...]
-
Seite 615
613 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Seite 616
614 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion - When th e number of all digits stored in exclud ing the s ign and deci mal point is larger than th e number of digi[...]
-
Seite 617
615 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Seite 618
616 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion • When the devices and later st oring a cha racter st ring exc eeds the corres ponding dev ice range (erro r code: [...]
-
Seite 619
617 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Seite 620
618 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion For exampl e, when a chara cter string "-123.45" is speci fied i n and late r, the conver sion re sult i s [...]
-
Seite 621
619 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Seite 622
620 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 5) [ +1, ] stor es 16-b it data (b in) conve r ted f rom a charact er stri ng with the decimal po int ign ored. For t[...]
-
Seite 623
621 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Seite 624
622 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC 202 – $+ / Link Ch aracter Strin gs 26.3 FNC202 – $+ / Link Character Strings Out li ne This in stru ction li nks a char acter st rin g to anoth er charact er st ri[...]
-
Seite 625
623 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC 202 – $+ / Link Ch aracter Strin gs 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Other[...]
-
Seite 626
624 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC 203 – LEN / Charac ter String Le ngth Detecti on 26.4 FNC203 – LEN / Character String Length De tection Out li ne This in stru ction det ects the numb er of cha rac[...]
-
Seite 627
625 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC 203 – LEN / Charac ter String Le ngth Detecti on 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Seite 628
626 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Characte r String Dat a from the Right 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Character St ring Data from the Right Out li ne This in stru ction e[...]
-
Seite 629
627 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Characte r String Dat a from the Right 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instruct[...]
-
Seite 630
628 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Strin g Data from the Left 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Stri ng Data from the Left Out li ne This in stru ction ext ra[...]
-
Seite 631
629 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Strin g Data from the Left 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instruction[...]
-
Seite 632
630 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Selection of Char acter Strings Out li ne This in stru ction ext racts a spe cified [...]
-
Seite 633
631 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC[...]
-
Seite 634
632 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e err[...]
-
Seite 635
633 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24[...]
-
Seite 636
634 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings • The character string stored in and later or an d late r indicat es dat a stored in device s from th e spec[...]
-
Seite 637
635 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24[...]
-
Seite 638
636 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC 208 – INSTR / Character str ing search 26.9 FNC208 – INSTR / Character string search Out li ne This in stru ction sear ches a sp ecifie d characte r stri ng withi n[...]
-
Seite 639
637 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC 208 – INSTR / Character str ing search 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot[...]
-
Seite 640
638 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC 209 – $MOV / Character Strin g Transfer 26.10 FNC209 – $MOV / Character String Transfe r Out li ne This in stru ction tr ansfe rs char acter st ring da ta. → For[...]
-
Seite 641
639 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC 209 – $MOV / Character Strin g Transfer 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 [...]
-
Seite 642
640 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27. Data Op eration 3 – FNC210 to FNC 219 FNC210 to FNC219 prov ide inst ructio ns for rea ding la st-in data and cont rolli ng leftw ard/ri ghtward sh ift ins tructi ons with c arry[...]
-
Seite 643
641 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FN C210 – FDEL / Deleting Data from Tables 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Seite 644
642 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FN C210 – FDEL / Deleting Data from Tables Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d [...]
-
Seite 645
643 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 F[...]
-
Seite 646
644 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d in[...]
-
Seite 647
645 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189[...]
-
Seite 648
646 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] • Subtract “1 ” from the val ue of the poi nter da ta . Related de vice → Fo r th e zero f lag use meth od, r efer t[...]
-
Seite 649
647 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189[...]
-
Seite 650
648 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right wi th Carry 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right with Carry Out li ne This in struct ion shift s 16 bits st ored in a wor d device ri ghtward by [...]
-
Seite 651
649 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right wi th Carry 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Seite 652
650 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SF L / Bit Shift Left with Ca rry 27.5 FNC214 – SFL / Bit Shift Left with Carry Out li ne This in struct ion shift s 16 bits st ored in a wor d device le ftward by ?[...]
-
Seite 653
651 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SF L / Bit Shift Left with Ca rry 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Seite 654
652 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28. Data Comparison – FNC220 to FNC249 FNC220 to FN C249 pro vide data compariso n inst ructio ns which can be handl ed as contac t symbo ls in pro gramming such a s LD, AND a nd OR. FN[...]
-
Seite 655
653 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-F NC2[...]
-
Seite 656
654 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, > , <, <>, <=, > = / Data Comp arison 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, >, <, <>, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These ins tructi[...]
-
Seite 657
655 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, > , <, <>, <=, > = / Data Comp arison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Seite 658
656 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232 ~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Dat a Comparison 28.2 FNC232~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These instructi[...]
-
Seite 659
657 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232 ~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Dat a Comparison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Seite 660
658 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FN C240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison 28.3 FNC240~246 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These instructi [...]
-
Seite 661
659 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FN C240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Seite 662
660 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29. Data Table O peration – FNC250 to FNC269 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 250 − − 251 − − 252 − − 253 − − 254 − − 255 − − 256 LIMI T L[...]
-
Seite 663
661 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC[...]
-
Seite 664
662 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control • When controlli ng the outpu t valu e using only the lower l imit value, set “32767” to the up per limi t value spec ified in . 2. [...]
-
Seite 665
663 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC[...]
-
Seite 666
664 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Control Out li ne This in struct ion provi des th e upper limit value and lower limi t value of the d[...]
-
Seite 667
665 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Seite 668
666 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l Program examples 1. Program e xample 1 In th e prog ram exampl e sho wn below, the BCD data set in X020 to X 037 is control led by t h[...]
-
Seite 669
667 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Seite 670
668 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 2. 32-bit operation (DZONE and DZONEP) The bia s valu e specif ied by [ +1, ] or [ +1, ] is added to t he input valu e specif ied by [ +1, ][...]
-
Seite 671
669 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Seite 672
670 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordinate by Po int Data) Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes scal ing of the i npu[...]
-
Seite 673
671 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Seite 674
672 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) Setti ng the conv ersion setting data table for scaling Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c [...]
-
Seite 675
673 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Seite 676
674 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decimal ASCII to BIN Con version Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts numer ic dat a expressed[...]
-
Seite 677
675 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FN[...]
-
Seite 678
676 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion Program example In the p rogram bel ow, the si gn and decimal ASC II codes i n five d igits s tored in D20 to D22 ar e c[...]
-
Seite 679
677 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC[...]
-
Seite 680
678 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion b) "20H (spac e)" is stor ed for "0" on the lef t side of the ef fect ive digits (zero suppr ession) [...]
-
Seite 681
679 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC[...]
-
Seite 682
680 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordinate by X/Y Data) Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes scal ing of the i npu[...]
-
Seite 683
681 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Seite 684
682 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) Setti ng the conv ersion setting data table for scaling *1. When co ordinates are s pecifi ed using three p oints a s [...]
-
Seite 685
683 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Seite 686
684 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30. External Device Communication (Inverter Communication) – FNC270 to FNC274 FNC270 t o FNC27 4 prov ide in structi ons fo r con troll ing op[...]
-
Seite 687
685 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Ch eck 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Ins[...]
-
Seite 688
686 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Ch eck 2. Instruct ion code s of invert ers The ta ble below sh ows the inver ter ins truction co des, , [...]
-
Seite 689
687 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Invert er Drive 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Seite 690
688 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Invert er Drive 2. Instruct ion code s of invert ers The ta ble below sh ows the inver ter ins truction co des, , al ong [...]
-
Seite 691
689 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.3 FNC 272 – IVRD / Inve rter Parame ter Read 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate[...]
-
Seite 692
690 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.3 FNC 272 – IVRD / Inve rter Parame ter Read 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer [...]
-
Seite 693
691 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Pa rameter Write 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate [...]
-
Seite 694
692 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Pa rameter Write 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer t[...]
-
Seite 695
693 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.5 FNC274 – IVBWR / In verter Parameter Block Write 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alt[...]
-
Seite 696
694 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.5 FNC274 – IVBWR / In verter Parameter Block Write 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r[...]
-
Seite 697
695 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt[...]
-
Seite 698
696 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Out li ne This i nstruc tion re ads data from continu ous buf fer memor ies (BFM) in a spe cial f unction[...]
-
Seite 699
697 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -A[...]
-
Seite 700
698 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Cautions • A watchdog timer er ror may occur when many numbe rs of point s are tran sferred in one operat ion cycl e. In such a case, tak e eit[...]
-
Seite 701
699 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -A[...]
-
Seite 702
700 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.2 FN C279 – WB FM / Divided BFM W rite 31.2 FNC279 – WBFM / Divided BFM Write Out li ne This in structi on write s data to cont inuous buf fer memor ies (BFM) in a special functi[...]
-
Seite 703
701 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.2 FN C279 – WB FM / Divided BFM W rite 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -C[...]
-
Seite 704
702 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32. High Speed Processing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 280 HSCT High Speed Counter Compare Wit h Data Table Section 32. 1 281 − − 282 [...]
-
Seite 705
703 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File [...]
-
Seite 706
704 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble Operati on output sett ing (SET [1] or RESET [0]) [Up to 16 poin ts] 1) When this in structi on is execu te[...]
-
Seite 707
705 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File [...]
-
Seite 708
706 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble Cautions • This instructi on can be exe cuted only once in a progr am. If this instruc tion is progr amme[...]
-
Seite 709
707 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File [...]
-
Seite 710
708 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33. Extension File Register Control – FNC290 to FNC 299 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 290 LOADR Load From ER Section 33.1 291 SAVE R S ave to ER Secti[...]
-
Seite 711
709 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3[...]
-
Seite 712
710 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 2) In FX 3G PLCs a) When a memory cas sette is conn ected The co ntents (c urren t values) of exte nsion fi le regis ters (ER) sto[...]
-
Seite 713
711 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3[...]
-
Seite 714
712 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 33.2 FNC291 – SAVE R / Save to ER Out li ne This in structio n writes th e curre nt values of ext ensi on regist ers (R) sto red in[...]
-
Seite 715
713 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Seite 716
714 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 2. Initialization of exte nsion file registers Execute INIT ER (FNC295) or IN ITR (FNC2 92) ins tructi on to t arget extensi on fi le[...]
-
Seite 717
715 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Seite 718
716 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER Program examples 1) In the case of FX 3UC PLCs Ver . 1.30 or later and FX 3U PLCs V er. 2.20 or la ter In the example shown below, on[...]
-
Seite 719
717 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Seite 720
718 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 2) In the case of FX 3UC PLCs for mer th an Ver.1.3 0 In the pr ogram ex ample shown below, t he changed c ontent setti ngs of the ex[...]
-
Seite 721
719 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Seite 722
720 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / Initialize R and ER Out li ne This i nstruct ion initi alize s (to “HFF FF” <K-1>) exten s[...]
-
Seite 723
721 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30[...]
-
Seite 724
722 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER • Setting WDT ( FNC 07 ) i nstruct ion just b efore and after INIT R ins tructi on as shown b elow: If t he proce ssing t [...]
-
Seite 725
723 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FN[...]
-
Seite 726
724 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER Logging da ta forma t The tabl e below sh ows the head devi ce numbe r in each sect or: Cautions 1. LOGR i nstruction LOGR instr[...]
-
Seite 727
725 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FN[...]
-
Seite 728
726 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 5) To the PLC, wr ite the data whi ch was tempor arily withdrawn to GX Deve loper. [1] Select “O nline” → “Write to PLC.[...]
-
Seite 729
727 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Seite 730
728 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 2) In FX 3G PLCs a) When a memory cas sette is conn ected The co ntents (c urrent va lues) of “n” extens ion re gister s (R) sta[...]
-
Seite 731
729 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Seite 732
730 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 3. Allowable number of writes to the memory Note the follow ing cautio ns on acces s to exte nsion file regis ters. •I n F X 3U /F[...]
-
Seite 733
731 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Seite 734
732 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER Operation R0 K100 R1 K105 R10 K200 R11 K215 R12 K400 R19 K350 R99 K1000 R100 HFFFF HFFFF R 2047 ER0 K100 ER1 K105 ER10 K200 ER11 K21[...]
-
Seite 735
733 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Seite 736
734 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER Operation • Extension fil e regist ers (ER ) [insi de the memory cas sett e] Cau ti on About 2 5 ms i s required to init ialize[...]
-
Seite 737
735 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Seite 738
736 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. FX 3U -CF-ADP Applied Instructions – FNC300 to FNC305 FNC No. Mnemonic S ymbol Fun ction Ref er enc e 300 FLCRT File create / check Sectio n 34.1 301 FLDEL File d[...]
-
Seite 739
737 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.1 FNC 300 – FLCRT / File create • check 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FN[...]
-
Seite 740
738 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.1 FNC 300 – FLCRT / File create • check 34.1.1 Detailed explanati on of setting data Deta ils of the set ting data in the FLC RT instruc tion a re as shown bel o[...]
-
Seite 741
739 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.2 FNC 3 01 – F LDEL / File delete • CF card format 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Reg[...]
-
Seite 742
740 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.2 FNC 3 01 – F LDEL / File delete • CF card format 34.2.1 Detailed explanati on of setting data Deta ils of th e setting data in the FLD EL instru ction are as s[...]
-
Seite 743
741 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Seite 744
742 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te The FLWR i nstruc tion writes data s pecif ied by the d evice to a file store d in the Compac tFla sh TM ca rd sp ecified by the f i[...]
-
Seite 745
743 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Seite 746
744 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. 4 FNC 30 3 – FLRD / Data read 34.4 FNC 303 – FLRD / Data read Out li ne The FLRD instructi on reads data from th e CompactF lash TM ca rd. 1. Instruct ion forma[...]
-
Seite 747
745 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. 4 FNC 30 3 – FLRD / Data read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Seite 748
746 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.5 F NC 304 – FLCM D / F X3U-CF-ADP c ommand 34.5 FNC 304 – FLCMD / FX 3U -CF-ADP command Out li ne The FLCMD ins tructi on gives in stru ction for operati on to [...]
-
Seite 749
747 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.5 F NC 304 – FLCM D / F X3U-CF-ADP c ommand 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 [...]
-
Seite 750
748 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read 34.6 FNC 305 – FLST RD / FX 3U -CF-ADP status read Out li ne The FLS TRD instruction read s the status (inclu ding[...]
-
Seite 751
749 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register [...]
-
Seite 752
750 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read • When is "K768 (H300 )" The FLSTRD inst ructi on reads the versi on info rmation of the CF-A DP. • Wh[...]
-
Seite 753
751 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 754
752 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am *1. Output coi ls ca n be used again i n differ ent stat e relays. 31 SET Y31 State relay number Y030 2 Y032 Y030 When X001 turns ON S32 is activated, and S31 is automatically re[...]
-
Seite 755
753 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 756
754 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 3. Assigning devices Assign devi ces of a PLC in the created proces s drawing. 1) Assign a state rel ay to a rect angle ind icatin g a proces s. At this time , assign a st ate re[...]
-
Seite 757
755 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 758
756 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 35. 1.4 Handlin g an d role of i nitial state relay Hand ling of th e init ial s tate r elay • A state relay locat ed at the head of an SFC program i s the init ial state r ela[...]
-
Seite 759
757 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 760
758 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Operation of state rel ays and use of an output two or more times • In different sta te relays , a same output device (Y0 02 in this example) can be programme d as shown i n th[...]
-
Seite 761
759 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 762
760 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Reset of state relays at one ti me and output disability For ou tput disa bilit y corresp onding to emergency stop, fol low “Cau tions on sa fety ” descri bed in th e PLC man[...]
-
Seite 763
761 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 764
762 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 2. Procedure using a puls e contact instruction (M2800 to M3071) By using a n auxiliar y relay M2 800 to M3 071 in a ris ing/falli ng edge det ecti on inst ructi on (LDP, LDF, AN[...]
-
Seite 765
763 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 766
764 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Separation of flow When creat ing an SFC prog ram havi ng two or more i nitial st ate relay s, separa te the bloc ks for ea ch initial state rel ay. The ON sta tus can be tran sf[...]
-
Seite 767
765 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 768
766 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 35.1.9 Program of branch/ recombination state relay s Selective br anch After making a branc h, create a transf er conditi on. Selective recombinat ion After creati ng a transf e[...]
-
Seite 769
767 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 770
768 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Composition of branches/r ecombination and dummy state 1. Whe n a recombination line is directly connected to a branch line without a state relay When a re combin ation l ine is [...]
-
Seite 771
769 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 772
770 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 3. It is not permitted to provide a selective transfer condition * afte r parallel branches or to recombine parallel bra nches after a tra nsfer condition < * >. 4. In the [...]
-
Seite 773
771 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 774
772 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 2. Example of fountain control 1) Cyclic ope ration (X001 = OFF, X002 = OFF) When the start button X000 is pres sed, the outputs t urn ON in the order “Y000 (wait indicati on) [...]
-
Seite 775
773 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 776
774 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 4. Example of sequential start and stop The motor s M1 to M4 are star ted in tur n by a timer, and stopped in turn in the revers e order. This SFC fl ow is based on a single fl o[...]
-
Seite 777
775 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 778
776 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Examples of flows having selecti ve branches and recombination 1. Operat ion of se lective bra nch • When two or more flows ar e provide d and either one is selec ted and exe c[...]
-
Seite 779
777 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 780
778 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Example of flows having parallel branches and recombi nation 1. Operation of parallel branch • Branches in which all flows proc eed at the same time are cal led paral lel branc[...]
-
Seite 781
779 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 782
780 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 35.2 Step Ladder 35.2.1 Outli ne In progr ams using ste p ladder instr uction s, a state re lay State S is assi gned to ea ch process bas ed on machine operat ions, and sequenc e[...]
-
Seite 783
781 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 784
782 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 35.2.3 Expression of st ep ladder Step l adder p rograms a nd SFC pr ograms ar e subs tantial ly the same as describ ed abov e, but ac tual pr ograms ar e expres sed as shown b e[...]
-
Seite 785
783 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 786
784 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Program for the tran sfer destinatio n There is no change in pr ogramming es peciall y for the t ransfer destinati on. 35.2.5 Preliminary knowledge for creating step ladde r p[...]
-
Seite 787
785 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 788
786 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder Output drivi ng method It is requi red to in clude a LD or LDI instruc tion befo re the last OUT instru ction in a st ate rela y. Change s uch a circu it as shown below. State re[...]
-
Seite 789
787 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 790
788 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Example of selective r ecombination Do not use MPS, MRD, MPP, ANB and ORB i nstruct ions in a tra nsfer pro cessing pr ogram wit h branches an d recombi nation. Even in a lo a[...]
-
Seite 791
789 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 792
790 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2) Parallel r ecombinat ion and para llel br anch 3) Selective r ecombinat ion and parallel br anch 4) Parallel r ecombinat ion and sel ective branc h STL STL LD SET STL LD SET S[...]
-
Seite 793
791 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 794
792 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Example of fountain control 1) Cyclic ope ration (X001 = OFF, X002 = OFF) When the start button X000 is pres sed, the outputs t urn ON in the order “Y000 (wait indicati on) [...]
-
Seite 795
793 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 796
794 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder The figu re belo w shows a st ep ladder pr ogram fo r select ing the ball siz e and judging balls as acc epted or reject ed. M8002 S0 X001 X003 Y001 Y007 S0 X026 Y007 S21 S21 Y00[...]
-
Seite 797
795 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Seite 798
796 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder M8002 S0 S0 Y003 Y005 X000 X001 S21 S30 S21 Y003 T0 K300 T0 S22 S30 Y005 T2 S31 S22 LD SET STL OUT OUT LD OR SET SET STL OUT OUT LD SET STL OUT LD SET STL M8002 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 1[...]
-
Seite 799
797 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.1 Outline 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr[...]
-
Seite 800
798 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 36.2 Common Items 36.2.1 How to disable interr upt function and pulse catch fun ction This sec tion describes how to dis able the in terr upt funct ion and p uls[...]
-
Seite 801
799 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL [...]
-
Seite 802
800 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 3. Operation when a timer is used [interrupt function] Make sure t hat coun ting usi ng a genera l timer is di sabled, even a 1ms retent ive type timer. In an in[...]
-
Seite 803
801 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL [...]
-
Seite 804
802 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 36.3 Input Interrupt (Inte rrupt Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Delay Function] [...]
-
Seite 805
803 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Seite 806
804 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 2) When using bo th an input interr upt and the i nput refr esh (REF instruct ion) In the[...]
-
Seite 807
805 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Seite 808
806 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 36.3.2 Examples of practical programs (pr ograms to measure short pulse width) By using a[...]
-
Seite 809
807 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Seite 810
808 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.4 Input i nterrupt ( Interrupt by Ext ernal Signal) [With Dela y Function ] 36.4 Input interrupt (Inte rrupt by External Signal) [With Delay Function] 1. Outline An input inter[...]
-
Seite 811
809 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30[...]
-
Seite 812
810 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 6. Program e xample → For program exampl es in which RA MP (FNC 67) or HKY ( FNC 71 ) inst ructions are combin ed, r efer [...]
-
Seite 813
811 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30[...]
-
Seite 814
812 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.6 Counter Inter rupt - Interr upt Trigge red by Counting Up of High Speed Count er 36.6 Counter Interrupt - Interrupt Triggered by Coun ting Up of High Speed Counter 1. Outline[...]
-
Seite 815
813 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.7 Pulse Catch Functio n [M8170 to M8177 ] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 F[...]
-
Seite 816
814 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 36.8 Pulse width/Pul se period measurement fu nction [M8075 to M8079, D 8074 to D8097] Th[...]
-
Seite 817
815 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Seite 818
816 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 3) Signal delay time measure ment The delay time f rom the risin g edge of the inpu t sig[...]
-
Seite 819
817 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Seite 820
818 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 37. Operation of Specia l Devices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Device List (M8000 -, D8000 -) The dev ice n umbers an d func[...]
-
Seite 821
819 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 822
820 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) PLC Mode M 8030 *1 Battery LED OFF When M8030 set to ON, LED on PLC is not lit even if battery volt age low is detect ed. → R[...]
-
Seite 823
821 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 824
822 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Error Detection (Refer to Chapter 38 for details.) [M]8060 I/O con figuratio n error 3 3 3 D8060 – – 3 – 3 [M]8061 PLC ha[...]
-
Seite 825
823 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 826
824 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Memory In formation [M]8 101 Not us ed – – – – ––– – – [M]8 102 – – – – ––– – – [M]8 103 ?[...]
-
Seite 827
825 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 828
826 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Advanced Function M 8160 *1 SWAP fu nction of XCH (FNC 17) – 3 3 –– – 3 – 3 M 8161 *1*2 8-bit pr ocess mod e 3 3 3 ?[...]
-
Seite 829
827 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 830
828 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Counter Up /down Counter Counting Di rection (Refer to Section 4.6 for details.) M 8200 C200 When M8 is ON, the corre[...]
-
Seite 831
829 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 832
830 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Flags [M]8300 to [M]8303 Not used – – – – ––– – – [M]8304 Z ero ON when th e multipl icati on and divisi on c[...]
-
Seite 833
831 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 834
832 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Positioning [FX 3U PLCs] (Refer to Positioning Control Manual for details.) [M]8370 [Y003] Pulse output monitor (ON: BUSY / OFF[...]
-
Seite 835
833 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 836
834 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) FX 3U -CF-ADP [ch1] (Refer to CF-ADP Manual for details.) [M]8 400 to [M]840 1 Not used – – – – ––– – – [M]84[...]
-
Seite 837
835 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 838
836 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) PLC Statu s [D]8 007 Momentary p ower failure count Operation frequency of M8007 is stor ed. Cleared at power- off. – 3 3 M80[...]
-
Seite 839
837 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 840
838 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Stepladder and An nunciator [D]8 040 *1 ON st ate num ber 1 The smallest numb er out of active s tate rangin g from S0 to S899 [...]
-
Seite 841
839 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 842
840 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Pulse width/Pulse pe riod measuremen t [FX 3G PLCs ] D 8074 *1 Lower [ X000] Rin g count er value for ris ing edge (1/6 µ s un[...]
-
Seite 843
841 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 844
842 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) High Speed Counte r Comparison, High Speed Table, and Positioning [Positioning is supported in FX 3G , FX 1S , FX 1N , and FX 1[...]
-
Seite 845
843 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 846
844 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Advanced Function [D]8 160 Not us ed – – – – ––– – – [D]8 161 – – – – ––– – – [D]8 162 – [...]
-
Seite 847
845 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 848
846 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Analo g Specia l Adapte r [FX 3U , FX 3UC ] ( Refer to Subsecti on 37. 2.19 fo r appl icabili ty of each an alog s pecial a dap[...]
-
Seite 849
847 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 850
848 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Timing Clock (Refer to Sec tion 24.3 for details.) and Positioning [FX 3U and FX 3UC PLCs] (Refer to Positioning Con trol Editi[...]
-
Seite 851
849 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 852
850 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) RS2 (FNC 87) [c h2] and Computer Link [ch2] (Refer to Data Communication Edition for details.) D 8420 RS2 (FNC 87) [c h2] Commu[...]
-
Seite 853
851 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Seite 854
852 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2 Supplement of Sp ecial Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) This se ctio n explai ns how to u se the provided speci[...]
-
Seite 855
853 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 856
854 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.4 Power failure detection t ime [D8008 , M8008 and M8007] 1. FX 3U PLC (AC power supply type) The tabl e bel[...]
-
Seite 857
855 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 858
856 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.8 How to set real time clock The re al time clock is set by the followi ng method. 1. Method using the displ[...]
-
Seite 859
857 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 860
858 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.9 Input filter adjustment [ D8020] The input s X000 to X017 *1 have a digi tal fil ter circui t with a setti[...]
-
Seite 861
859 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 862
860 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.11 Built-in analog volume [D8030 and D8031] Values of v ariable a nalog potenti ometers built in FX 3G PLCs [...]
-
Seite 863
861 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 864
862 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 4. RUN/STOP command via the programming tool 1) Using the progr amming soft ware for pe rsonal computer There is [...]
-
Seite 865
863 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 866
864 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 2. Special da ta register (D8260 to D8279) •F X 3G PLC *1. Only a 40-po int or 60- point ty pe FX 3G PLC can be[...]
-
Seite 867
865 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 868
866 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) *1. In th e case of FX 3U PLCs, all versions ar e applic able. Number Operation and function FX 3U -4AD-P T(W)-AD[...]
-
Seite 869
867 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 870
868 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 2. Special data reg isters (D826 0 to D8299) •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. FX 3U PLCs suppo rt these op erati ons and[...]
-
Seite 871
869 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 872
870 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) •F X 3G PLCs *1. Only a 40-po int or 60- point ty pe FX 3G PLC can be co nnected. Number Operation and function[...]
-
Seite 873
871 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Seite 874
872 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 38. Error Check M ethod and Error Code List When a n error occu rs whil e the progra m is being exe cuted , troub lesho ot the cau[...]
-
Seite 875
873 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3[...]
-
Seite 876
874 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 38.1.6 L RUN LED [FX 3UC -32MT- LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT only. 38.1.7 L ERR LED [FX 3UC -32MT- LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT only[...]
-
Seite 877
875 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.2 Erro r Code Check Method and Indication 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -[...]
-
Seite 878
876 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.2 Erro r Code Check Method and Indication 38.2.2 Error code check method by GX Developer 1 Connect a person al computer t o PLC. 2 Execute PLC diag nostics. Click [Diagnostics] - [PL[...]
-
Seite 879
877 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.3 Su ppl emen tar y Ex pl anat ion of Devi ces for Err or Det ecti on 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regis[...]
-
Seite 880
878 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.3 Su ppl emen tar y Ex pl anat ion of Devi ces for Err or Det ecti on 38.3.2 Operations of special devi ces for error detec tion Special auxili ary rel ays for err or det ection and [...]
-
Seite 881
879 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S[...]
-
Seite 882
880 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action PLC/PP communic ation error (D80 62) Serial communic ation erro r 0 [M8062 (D8062)] 0000 ⎯ No er ror 6201 Continues operati on Parity, ov errun or fra[...]
-
Seite 883
881 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S[...]
-
Seite 884
882 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action Operation er ror [M8067 (D8067)] 0000 No er ror 6701 Continues operati on • No jump destina tion (point er) for CJ or CALL instruction • Label is un[...]
-
Seite 885
883 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S[...]
-
Seite 886
884 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action *1. The unit nu mber 0 to 7 of the specia l functi on unit/ block err or is put i n . Operation er ror [M8067 (D8067)] 6762 Continues operati on Por[...]
-
Seite 887
885 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Seite 888
886 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 2) FX-30P FX-30 P is ap plicable t o FX 3G , FX 3U and FX 3U C PLCs start ing with t he followin g version : a) FX 3G PLCs b) FX [...]
-
Seite 889
887 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Seite 890
888 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity Circuit blooks which require att ention on operation af ter writing du ring RUN During RUN, avoid writin g to a circuit bloc k in[...]
-
Seite 891
889 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Seite 892
890 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity Appendix A-1-4 Cautions on using transparent function by way of USB in GOT1000 Series Make su re to provi de the fol lowing set t[...]
-
Seite 893
891 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Seite 894
892 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-2 Peripheral product appli cability (except progra mming tools) Appendix A- 2 Perip heral product applicability (except programming tool s) Appendix A-2-1 Peripheral[...]
-
Seite 895
893 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-2 Peripheral product appli cability (except progra mming tools) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension[...]
-
Seite 896
894 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History Appendix A- 3 Vers ion Upgrade History Appendix A-3-1 Manufacturer's ser ial number check method The year and mont h of producti on o[...]
-
Seite 897
895 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U[...]
-
Seite 898
896 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History Appendix A-3 -5 Version upgrade hi story [FX 3UC ] *1. The FX 3UC -32MT-L T suppor ts Ver.2. 41 from the manufact urer's ser ial numb[...]
-
Seite 899
897 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S[...]
-
Seite 900
898 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 0.71 0 .71 T192 to[...]
-
Seite 901
899 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S[...]
-
Seite 902
900 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 2.77 2 .54 T246 to[...]
-
Seite 903
901 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S[...]
-
Seite 904
902 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 3.55 3 .32 T246 to[...]
-
Seite 905
903 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-2 Step La dder Ins truction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 [...]
-
Seite 906
904 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Appendix B-4 Applie d Instruction Execution Tim e •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLCs FNC No. Instructi on Execut i on tim e in ON status ( µ s) Exec ution time in OFF[...]
-
Seite 907
905 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Seite 908
906 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Exter nal FX I/O de vice 78 FROM *1 141 + 419n 119 + 841 n 0.5 85 1.105 n: Number of transfer po ints FROM *2 107 + 903n 119 + 1791n 0.585 1.105 n: Number [...]
-
Seite 909
907 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Seite 910
908 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Real time clock control 160 TC MP 21 .3 ⎯ 0. 715 ⎯ 161 TZCP 22.6 ⎯ 0. 585 ⎯ 162 TA DD 13 .4 ⎯ 0. 455 ⎯ 163 TS UB 13 .4 ⎯ 0. 455 ⎯ 164 HTOS [...]
-
Seite 911
909 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Seite 912
910 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Data comparis on 237 AN D<= 1.22 1 .48 1 .22 1. 48 For d etai ls, refe r t o Appendix B-6-2. 238 A ND >= 1.22 1.48 1.22 1.48 For deta ils , re fer to[...]
-
Seite 913
911 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Seite 914
912 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e •F X 3G PLCs FNC No. Inst ruc- tion Standard mode Extens ion mode Remarks Executio n time in O N status ( µ s) Execut ion time in OFF status ( µ s) Exe[...]
-
Seite 915
913 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Seite 916
914 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Floatin g point 110 ECM P ⎯ 12.46 ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 14.68 ⎯ 0.8 112 EMO V ⎯ 6. 36 ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 7.68 ⎯ 0.8 120 EADD ⎯ 11.96 ⎯ 0.6 1 ⎯ 13. 96 ⎯ 0.[...]
-
Seite 917
915 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Seite 918
916 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-5 Execu t ion Tim e of Pulse Genera tion Instruc tion P in Eac h Appl ied Instruct ion Appendix B-5 Execution Ti me of Pulse Gener ation Instruction P in Each Applied Instruction •F X 3U /FX 3UC[...]
-
Seite 919
917 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-5 Execu t ion Tim e of Pulse Genera tion Instruc tion P in Eac h Appl ied Instruct ion 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Re[...]
-
Seite 920
918 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing Appendix B-6 Exec ution Time on Combination of Applicable Devices and Indexing In examples shown below for basic i nstruct[...]
-
Seite 921
919 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC[...]
-
Seite 922
920 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing •F X 3G PLCs - Data c omparison instr uction (16-bit oper ation) *1. When K4 is specified, and the hea d bit devic e num[...]
-
Seite 923
921 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix C: Applied Instruction List [by Instructi[...]
-
Seite 924
922 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] OR<> FNC244 OR Compar e ≠ 658 OR <= FNC245 OR Co mpare ≤ 658 OR >= FNC246 OR Co mpare [...]
-
Seite 925
923 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models CCD FNC 84 Check Code 464 CRC FNC188 Cyclic Redund[...]
-
Seite 926
924 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] 16. Spec ial block/u nit contro l instruct ions Mnemonic FNC No. Functio n Ref. Page FROM FNC 78 Read [...]
-
Seite 927
925 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix C-2 Applie d instructions [in alphabe[...]
-
Seite 928
926 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] F FDEL FNC210 Deleting Data from Ta bles 641 FEND FNC 06 Main Routine Pr ogram End 233 FINS FNC211[...]
-
Seite 929
927 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models P PID FNC 88 PID Control Loop 47 4 PLSR FNC 59[...]
-
Seite 930
928 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition D Disco ntinued models Appendix D: Discontinued models The tabl e below show s disconti nued models of MELSEC-F Seri es PLCs and progr amming to ols descri bed in this manual. Discontinued m odel Produc tion stop date Repair acce[...]
-
Seite 931
929 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition D Disco ntinued models C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models MEMO[...]
-
Seite 932
930 Warran ty FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Warra nty Please confirm the follow ing prod uct warra nty detai ls befor e using this prod uct. 1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis W arranty Range If any fault s or defe cts (herein after "F ailure") f ound t[...]
-
Seite 933
931 Revis ed History FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Revised History Date Create d Re visio n Descript ion 7/2005 A First Editi on 2/2006 B FX 3U and FX 3UC se ries versio n 2.30 co mpat ible • Two instruct ions are ad ded. - MEP, MEF [Sect ion 3.1, Chapter 7, Ap[...]
-
Seite 934
932 Revis ed History FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3/2007 C • Caution on storing sign dat a of charact er stri ng is added [S ection 26.2]. • The sentence d escri bing rou gh guide t o the wat chdog ti mer set va lue is modi fied [Secti ons 3 3.3 a nd 33.6] .[...]
-
Seite 935
[...]
-
Seite 936
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TO KYO 100-8310, JA PAN HIMEJI WORKS: 840, CHIYODA CHO, HIM EJI, JAPAN JY997 D16601G (MEE) Effect ive Nov. 2009 Specific ation s are subj ect to change w ithout n otice. MODEL FX-P3-E MODEL CODE 09R517 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGRAMM ABLE CONTROLL ERS PRO GRAMM ING MANU AL Basic & [...]